![Toyota Hilux Wiring Diagrams PDF [PDF]](https://pdfs.asia/img/200x200/toyota-hilux-wiring-diagrams-pdf.jpg)
6 0 4 MB
HILUX Electrical Wiring Diagram
Pub. No. DR114W
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the HILUX.
Applicable models: KUN15, 16, 25, 26 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals;
Manual Name D HILUX Repair Manual D HILUX New Car Features
Pub. No. DR172E NCF271E
All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice.
NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction.
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
HILUX ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM Section Code
Page
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A . . . .
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B . . . .
3
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C . . . .
12
ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D . . . .
17
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS . . . . . E . . . .
18
RELAY LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F . . . .
20
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING . . . . . . . . . . . G . . . .
36
SYSTEM CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H . . . .
59
GROUND POINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . .
182
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) . . . . . J . . . .
188
CONNECTOR LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K . . . .
194
PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . L . . . .
202
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM . M . . . .
206
E2004 All rights reserved. This book may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota Motor Corporation.
1 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
A INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 13 sections: No.
Section
Description
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
B
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
C
TROUBLE– SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
E
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”). The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.
I
GROUND POINT
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
J
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.
K
CONNECTOR LIST
Describes the form of the connectors for the parts appeared in this book. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
L
PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS
Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.
M
OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
A
H
2 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system. The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.) When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Point section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation. When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.
3 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
[A]
Stop Light From Power Source System (See Page 66)
15A STOP
7.5A GAUGE 4 IB
2
[B]
1
R L
3 IB 1 IB
[C] 2 IB
R L
L (S/D)
R (W/G)
W R
[G]
2
4
[E]
14 IE1
[D]
Rear Lights
S6 Stop Light SW 1
I5
[F]
Y G
G W
L (S/D)
G W
13
G W
ABS ECU
C7 Combination Meter
6
[J]
(Shielded) R6 Rear Combination Light LH
2 H17 High Mounted Stop Light
[K]
W B
Stop
3
1
B18 W B
1 W B BV1
W B
W B
W B
[I]
B18
G R
R7 Rear Combination Light RH
G R
1 G R BV1
Stop
11
G B
[H]
3
1
4
G R
2
4
L4 Light Failure Sensor
8
7
BO
4
50
[L]
BL
[M]
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B [A] : System Title
[H] : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
[B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B Example:
Indicates Relay Block No.1
B
= Black
W = White
BR = Brown
L
= Blue
V
SB = Sky Blue
= Violet
R = Red
G = Green
LG = Light Green
[C] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.
P
Y
GR = Gray
[D] : Indicates related system.
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
= Pink
= Yellow
O = Orange
[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). Outside numerals are pin numbers.
Example:
L–Y
L (Blue)
[I] Female
Male (
)
Y (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for the Engine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B” for the Body).
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. [F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. [G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts.
Example: 3C indicates that it is inside Junction Block No.3
The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. [J] : Indicates a shielded cable.
[K] : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example: Numbered in order from upper left to lower right
Female
Numbered in order from upper right to lower left
Male
[L] : Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and Surrounding area. [M] : Page No.
5 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL [N]
System Outline Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor. Stop Light Disconnection Warning When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the current flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects the disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warning circuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.
[O]
Service Hints S6 Stop Light SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed L4 Light Failure Sensor 1, 2, 7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on 4, 8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 11–Ground : Always continuity
[P]
: Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
C7
34
L4
36
R7
37
H17
36
R6
37
S6
35
[Q]
: Relay Blocks Code 1
[R]
See Page 18
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) R/B No.1 (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB
20
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
3C
22
Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
[S]
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1
42
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
BV1
50
Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Room Left)
[T]
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
BL
50
Under the Left Center Pillar
BO
50
Back Panel Center
[U]
: Splice Points Code I5
See Page 44
Wire Harness with Splice Points Cowl Wire
Code B18
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points Luggage Room Wire
6 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B [N] : Explains the system outline.
[O] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
[P] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual. ∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with that letter. Example : L 4
Á Á
Parts is 4th in order Light Failure Sensor
[Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel.
[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
[S] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described on page 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel.
[T] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center.
[U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual.
7 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be checked this way.
I GROUND POINT W–B
W–B FAN MAIN Relay
5
FAN MAIN Relay
5
A/C Control Assembly W–B
W–B
5
A/C Relay No.3
5
W–B
A
O/D Main SW
E3
W–B
A W–B
A
Clock
E3
Blower Motor
I6
W–B A/C Relay No.2
W–B
A
Cigarette Lighter
W–B Blower SW
I6 A
W–B
W–B
A
Parking Brake SW
E3 J1 Junction Connector
W–B Radiator Fan Motor
E3
7 3B
W–B Headlight Cleaner Relay
E2
W–B Combination Meter W–B
W–B Headlight LH
E4
E5 W–B
W–B E4
W–B E5 W–B Front Turn Signal Light LH
W–B E4
W–B
W–B
Front Fog Light LH
3 3F 13 3G
W–B
W–B Brake Fluid Level SW
E6
W–B
Door Lock Control SW
W–B B4
2 IA1
Cruise Control ECU
Remote Control Mirror SW
Turn Signal Flasher
5 3E
W–B
Front Clearance Light LH W–B
W–B I2
1 3D
W–B
Front Clearance Light RH
W–B
Front Fog Light RH
W–B E4
W–B
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Combination SW
7 3C
W–B Headlight RH
W–B
6 3E
W–B I4
W–B Defogger SW
I2 W–B I2
Combination SW
B4
W–B
W–B
W–B
15 W–B W–B ID1 B5
W–B
W–B
W–B
Unlock Warning SW
I5
10 EA2
Door Lock Control Relay
W–B
I5
W–B
B4
Door Lock Motor RH
W–B
W–B
W–B Door Courtesy SW RH
I5
W–B B5 EA
W–B I4
8 W–B IB1 I8
W–B
W–B A/C Amplifier
Door Courtesy SW LH
B5 W–B
Door Lock Control SW
B5 W–B
W–B
W–B Idle–Up SW
Power Window Control Relay
W–B
W–B
W–B Blower Resistor
Power Window Master SW
Door Lock Motor LH W–B (4A–GZE)
4 4
4
3 IC3
W–B
W–B
BR Radio and Player
Fuel Control SW
I5
4
I5
W–B Woofer Speaker Amplifier BR
W–B 4 BR
BR 4
I3
BR Combination Meter
I3 BR
Fuel Sender
W–B
4
BR
BR Auto Antenna Motor
Combination Meter 5 BA1
W–B
HEATER Relay
IB
∗
IC
The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
8 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. 10A ECU–B Short Pin
2
2 7.5A DOME
15A EFI 30A AM2
Battery
Fusible Link Block
2
6
10A HAZARD 2 20A RADIO NO.1
S2
Starter
10A HORN 6
100A ALT
60A ABS
5
Engine Room R/B (See Page 20)
20A
10A
Page
System
Fuse
STOP
ABS ABS and Traction Control Cruise Control Electronically Controlled Transmission Multiplex Communication System
194 187 180 166 210
DOME
Cigarette Lighter Combination Meter Headlight Interior Light Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning Light Auto Turn Off Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
214 230 112 122
Power Source 40A DOOR LOCK CB 1.25B FL MAIN
W
W
2
7 EB1
W
W
B
W 2
W I2
W 1
I2 W
1
15A HAZ–RADIO
W
2 W
2
8
4 AM1
2
E7
6 EB1 W–R
W–R
AM2
7.5A AM2
B
1 TAIL Relay
2
B
E7
B 2 B
4
STARTER Relay 1 3
2
4
I8 Ignition SW
4
B–W 2
3 1
1
W–B 2 B–W
3
2
1
G
15A TAIL
G 1
20A DEFOG
B–Y
2
W–R 1
1
B
2
2
W–B 2
G–W
B
INJECTION Relay 1 3
IG1
2
ACC
B–O
IG2
B
2
E7
R 1
1
B
W
7.5A DOME
W I2
50A MAIN B
W–L 1
W
W
W
Battery 3 EA2 1 EA1
E7
2
1
1
E6
15A RAD CIG
B–Y 1
∗
P–L 1
The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
9 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL K CONNECTOR LIST I14
I15
Dark Gray
Gray
1
1
2
[A]
I16
J1
J2
Black
2
A A
1 2
A A
A
A B B D D A A B CC CD D
A
6 7 8
[B]
J3
J4
K1
K2
L1
1 2
1 2
Dark Gray A A A A A A A A
A B B DD A A B CC CDD
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112
1 2 3 45 6 78
M3
1 2
1
1 2 3 4
2
M4
[D]
N1 Gray
1 2 3
[C]
Black
Gray
1
1
1 7
5
6
2 3 4 8 9 10
N2
O1
O2
Gray
Black
Dark Gray
1
2
1
1
[A] : Indicates connector to be connected to a part. (The numeral indicates the pin No.) [B] : Junction Connector Indicates a connector which is connected to a short terminal. Junction Connector
Junction connector in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color. Same Color
Short Terminal
[C] : Parts Code The first letter of the code is taken from the first letter of part, and the numbers indicates its order in parts which start with the same letter. [D] : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
10 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS Part Name
Code
Part Number
Code
Part Name
Part Number
A1
A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor
90980–11070
D4
Diode (Courtesy)
90980–11608
A2
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
90980–11237
D5
Diode (Interior Light)
90980–10962
A3
A/C Condenser Fan Relay
90980–10940
D6
Diode (Moon Roof)
90980–11608 90980–10848
A4
A/C Condenser Fan Resistor
90980–10928
D7
Door Lock Control Relay
A5
A/C Magnetic Clutch
90980–11271
D8
Door Lock Control SW LH
A6
A/T Oil Temp. Sensor
90980–11413
D9
Door Lock Control SW RH
A7 [A]
ABS Actuator [B]
90980–11151 [C]
D10
Door Courtesy SW LH
A8
ABS Actuator
90980–11009
D11
Door Courtesy SW RH
90980–11148
90980–11097
A9
ABS Speed Sensor Front LH
90980–10941
D12
Door Courtesy SW Front LH
A10
ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
90980–11002
D13
Door Courtesy SW Front RH
A11
Airbag Sensor Front LH
D14
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
A12
Airbag Sensor Front RH
A13
Airbag Squib
90980–11156 90980–11856 D15
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
90980–11194
D16
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
90980–11070
D17
Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH
90980–11170
[A] : Part Code [B] : Part Name [C] : Part Number Toyota Part Number are indicated. Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.
11 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C TROUBLESHOOTING To Ignition SW IG Terminal
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point. Example: [A] – Ignition SW on [B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Fuse [A]
SW 1
VOLTAGE CHECK
Voltmeter [B]
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.
Relay [C]
Solenoid
SW 2
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK (a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points.
Ohmmeter
(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points.
SW
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.
Ohmmeter
Diode
Digital Type
Analog Type
(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
12 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C To Ignition SW IG Terminal
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT (a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Test Light
Fuse Case Short [A]
SW 1 Short [B] Disconnect Disconnect Light
Example: [A] – Ignition SW on [B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.
Relay
CAUTION: Short [C]
Disconnect SW 2
Solenoid
(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) (b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.
Pull Up
Press Down
Pull Up
Press Down
13 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)
Reference:
1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
10 3
1 Example: (Case 1)
1
HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
0.2 (mm)
Up
Tool
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER. (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer. NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
Terminal Retainer
[A]
Terminal Retainer
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. ”Case 1”
[Retainer at Full Lock Position]
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position.
Stopper
Terminal Retainer
[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]
Example: (Case 2)
Secondary Locking Device
”Case 2” Open the secondary locking device.
14 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C Tool Tab
Tab
Example: (Case 1)
[B]
Terminal Retainer
Tool [Male]
Access Hole ( Mark)
Tool
For Waterproof Type Connector HINT : Terminal retainer color is different according to connector body. Example: Terminal Retainer Black or White Black or White Gray or White
: Connector Body : Gray : Dark Gray : Black
[Female]
”Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole (YMark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. Retainer at Full Lock Position
HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (Number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
Retainer at Temporary Lock Position [Male]
Example: (Case 2)
[Female]
”Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.
Terminal Retainer
Tool
Tool
[Male]
Press Down
Press Down [Female]
15 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C TROUBLESHOOTING Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.
Retainer at Full Lock Position
Retainer at Temporary Lock Position [Male]
[Female]
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear.
Locking Lug
Tool
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to the full lock position. 5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
16 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. 2WD
=
Two Wheel Drive Vehicles
4WD
=
Four Wheel Drive Vehicles
A/C
=
Air Conditioner
A/T
=
Automatic Transmission
ABS
=
Anti–Lock Brake System
ADD
=
Automatic Disconnecting Differential
CAN
=
Controller Area Network
CD
=
Compact Disc
DLC3
=
Data Link Connector 3
ECT
=
Electronic Control Transmission
ECU
=
Electronic Control Unit
EDU
=
Electronic Driving Unit
EGR
=
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
IC
=
Integrated Circuit
INT
=
Intermittent
J/B
=
Junction Block
LCD
=
Liquid Crystal Display
LH
=
Left–Hand
M/T
=
Manual Transmission
R/B
=
Relay Block
RH
=
Right–Hand
SRS
=
Supplemental Restraint System
SW
=
Switch
TEMP.
=
Temperature
VRV
=
Vacuum Regulating Valve
VSV
=
Vacuum Switching Valve
w/
=
With
w/o
=
Without
∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.
17 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow.
BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight 1. SINGLE FILAMENT filament to heat up and emit light. A headlight may have either a single (1) filament or a double (2) filament
2. DOUBLE FILAMENT
CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset.
HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.
DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction.
IGNITION COIL Converts low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ignition current for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE, ZENER
LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.
A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator.
PHOTODIODE The photodiode is a semiconductor which controls the current flow according to the amount of light.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs.
METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration.
FUSE
METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display.
A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage.
FUEL
FUSIBLE LINK (for Medium Current Fuse)
(for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link)
A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. The numbers indicate the crosssection surface area of the wires.
M
MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.
18 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
E RELAY Basically, an electrically operated 1. NORMALLYswitch which may be normally CLOSED closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch. 2. NORMALLY OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other.
SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL Opens and closes circuits, thereby 1. NORMALLY stopping (1) or OPEN allowing (2) current flow. 2. NORMALLY CLOSED
RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values.
SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat.
(Reed Switch Type)
SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off.
SENSOR, SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components.
TRANSISTOR A solidstate device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at ”base”.
SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a junction block.
SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.
WIRES Wires are always drawn as (1) NOT straight lines on wiring CONNECTED diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) with a black dot or octagonal ( ) (2) SPLICED mark at the junction are spliced (joined) connections.
19 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]
Injector Driver (EDU) Skid Control ECU with Actuator Engine Room R/B Engine Room J/B
20 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F [Instrument Panel]
Engine ECU
Transponder Key ECU
Theft Warning ECU Turn Signal Flasher
4WD Control ECU
Transponder Key Amplifier
R/B No.3
Transmission Control ECU
A/C Amplifier
Shift Lock Control ECU
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center
Driver Side J/B
21 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS 1
: Engine Room R/B : Engine Room J/B
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)
(Inner Circuit : See Page 26)
* 1:100A ALT (for High Current) * 2:80A GLOW (for High Current) * 3:50A BATT P/I (for High Current) * 4:30A AM2 (for High Current) * 5:40A MAIN (for High Current) * 6:40A ABS NO.1 (for High Current) * 7:40A FR HTR (for High Current) * 8:30A ABS NO.2 (for High Current)
*1
*2
*3
*4
*6
Unit C *5
*7
*8 1 15A 2 FOG
Unit A
1 10A 2 HORN
17.5A 2 ALT-S 115A 2 TURN-HAZ
2 20A 1 H-LP RH 2 20A 1 H-LP LH
1 25A 2 EFI
17.5A 2 ECU-B 115A 2 RAD 17.5A 2 DOME
130A 2 DCC
Unit D
Unit B
22 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F
(from Engine Room (from Engine Room Main Wire) Main Wire)
Unit A
1 3
1 3
2 4
1B
1C
3 1
Back View
2 4
4 2
3 1
4 2
Side View
Top View
Unit D Side View
1E
1F 1
(from Engine Wire) Wire Coler : B
1G 1
1A 1
1
(from Engine Room (from Engine Room Main Wire) Main Wire) Wire Coler : B Wire Coler : B
(from Engine Room Main Wire) Wire Coler : W
23 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS 1
: Engine Room R/B : Engine Room J/B
Unit B
Engine Compartment Left (See Page 20)
(Inner Circuit : See Page 27) Top View
Back View
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
1I
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
(from Engine Room Main Wire)
1 2 3 4
1J
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8
(from Engine Room Main Wire) 1H 1
1
(from Engine Room Main Wire)
Unit C
1
5
3
ST Relay 2
5
2
1
GLOW Relay
3
24 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
25 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit]
Unit A 1 1E 1 1F
100A ALT
80A GLOW 1 1G 50A BATT P/I 3 1B 40A ABS NO.1
30A AM2 4 1B
2 1B 40A FR HTR
40A MAIN 3 1C
1 1C 30A ABS NO.2 2 1C
1 1A
Unit D 1
2
30A DCC
1
2
1
7.5A ECU-B 1
2
1
15A RAD 1
2
1
7.5A ALT-S 1
2
1
2
1
7.5A DOME
1
15A TURN-HAZ 1
2
1
20A H-LP RH 1
1
2
1
20A H-LP LH
26 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F
Unit B
1 1I FOG Relay
1 1H
1
2
4 1I
15A FOG 3 1I 2 1I
5 1I 1
2
HORN Relay 8 1I
10A HORN 7 1I 6 1I
1 1J MAIN Relay 1
2
4 1J
25A EFI 3 1J 2 1J
5 1J EDU Relay 8 1J 7 1J 6 1J
27 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS : Driver Side J/B
Instrument Panel Brace RH (See Page 21)
Yellow
123456 78
6 2
910
5
4
3 1
(from Instrument (from Instrument Panel Wire) Panel Wire)
2B
2A
2 1 6 5 4 3
7
2I
6 5 4
2C
3
1 2 345 6 7 8 91011 12
2 654321 10 9 87
(from Instrument Panel Wire)
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
1
(from Floor Wire) 2D
1 2 34567 8 9 101112131415161718
9 8 76543 2 1 18 17161514131211 10
14
6 543 2 1 12 1110 9 8 7
13 12
(from Instrument Panel Wire) 5 4 3 2 1
2E 5 4 3 2 1
1 2
7.5A
11
ST
10
10A
9
A/C
8
7.5A
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7
7
6
6
5
2J
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
MET 15A
(from Roof Wire) 2F
1
1
2
(from Engine Room Main Wire)
INJ
CIG
14
7.5A
7.5A
13
OBD
ACC
12
10A
7.5A IGN
10A
20A
TAIL
WIP
15A
10A
2G
13 12 11 10 9 8
(from Engine Room Main Wire)
15A
STOP 2 1 4 3
5
14
11 10 9 8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
14
7
13
6
12
5
11
4
10
3
9
2
8
1
7 7
6 5 4 3 2 1
2M
6 5 4 3 2
14 13 12 11 10 9 8
1
PWR OUT ECU-IG&GAUGE 1
(from Engine Room Main Wire)
(from Engine Room Main Wire) 2H
2K Black 8
4 2
3 1
9 10 11
(from Floor Wire)
12 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2L Black 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
14
(from Floor Wire) (from Engine Room Main Wire)
28 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F
25 26 27 28
17 18 19
9 10
20
11
12 21 13 22 30 14 23 31 15 24 32 16 29
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(from Instrument Panel Wire) 2O PWR OUT Relay
40A AM1 (for High Current) Gray 8 7 6 5 4
16 15 14 13 12
24 23 22 21
31
32 31
16 24 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32
2N
30 29 28
20 11 27 3 19 10 26 2 18 9 25 1 17
16 24 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32
8
31
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7
1
1
2
2
40A IG1 (for High Current)
3 5
6 5
1
HTR Relay 2
3
4
Gray
3
1
2
2
8
5
1
7
2Q (from Instrument Panel Wire)
8 7 6
16 15 14 13
24 23 22
32 31 30
29 21 12 28 4 20 11 27 3 19 10 26 2 18 9 25 1 17 5
(from Instrument Panel Wire)
16 24 31 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32
2P
16 24 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32 31
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
16 24 31 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32
16 24 15 23 30 14 22 29 13 21 28 12 20 27 11 19 26 10 18 9 25 17 32 31
6 5 4 3 2 1
8 7 6 5 4
26 27 28
17 18 19
9 10
20
11
12 21 29 13 22 30 14 23 31 15 24 32 16
15 14 13 12
24 23 22 21
32 31 30 29
28 20 11 27 3 19 10 26 2 18 9 25 1 17
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
(from Instrument Panel Wire)
Integration Relay
3 2 1
2R Gray 25
5 4
8 7
6
16
2S
1 2
25
3
26
4
27
5
28
6
29
7 8
(from Instrument Panel Wire)
17 18 19
9 10
20
11
12 21 13 22 30 14 23 31 15 24 32 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(from Instrument Panel Wire)
29 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit] 18 2P 2 2J
2 2P
2 2I
18 2Q 10A A/C
1 2E
2 2Q
9 2D
3 2A
4
1 2F 2 2E
5
3
1
2
5 2A 13 2D
HTR Relay
15 2D
PWR OUT Relay 5 3
16 2D
17 2D 18 2D
15A PWR OUT
23 2P
1 2B 2 2B
1
7 2P
2
23 2Q 24 2N
7 2Q
8 2N
7 2J
24 2O
7 2I
7.5A ACC
8 2O
12 2C 15A CIG
23 2N 7 2N
10A TAIL
1 2C 5 2C
23 2O 7 2O
7.5A OBD
14 2D
10A STOP 1 2G
2 2F
2 2C
1
3 2C
40A IG1 1 2
4 2C 1 2H
2
2 2H 2 2A
40A AM1 6 2A
5 2E
10A ECU-IG&GAUGE
26 2R 10 2R
32 2R 20A WIP
16 2R
26 2S
32 2S
10 2S
16 2S
9 2L
31 2R
9 2M
15 2R
9 2K
31 2S
30 2R
15 2S
14 2R
14 2L
30 2S
14 2M
14 2S
14 2K
(Cont. Next Page)
30 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F
(Cont'd) 20 2R 13 2L
4 2R
13 2M
20 2S
13 2K
4 2S
4 2L
25 2R
4 2M
9 2R
4 2K
25 2S
8 2L
9 2S
8 2M
19 2N
8 2K
3 2N 19 2O
7 2C
7.5A ST
3 2O 22 2R
7.5A IGN 6 2C
6 2R
3 2B
22 2S
21 2N
6 2S
5 2N
6 2L
21 2O
6 2M
5 2O
6 2K
8 2C
8 2B 7.5A MET
9 2C
1 2D
10 2C
10 2D
11 2C
11 2D
24 2R
12 2D
8 2R
4 2B
24 2S
21 2P
8 2S
5 2P
25 2P
21 2Q
9 2P
5 2Q
25 2Q
5 2J
9 2Q
5 2I
8 2J
7 2B
8 2I
22 2P
4 2E
6 2P
32 2N
22 2Q
16 2N
6 2Q
32 2O
6 2J
16 2O
6 2I
(Cont. Next Page)
31 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit] (Cont'd)
6 4 2H 7 2D 6 2D 5 2D 4 2D
5
1 GND
17
ALTB
8
10 2N
9
26 2O
10 11
10 2O 18
UL1
3 2D 2 2D 3 2E
26 2N
25 2N 9 2N
12
25 2O
13
9 2O ACT-
31 2N
2
27 2R
15 2N
11 2R
31 2O
27 2S
15 2O
11 2S
Integration Relay
30 2N
10 2L
14 2N
10 2M
30 2O
10 2K 3
14 2O 1 2A
28 2R
ACT+ 14
12 2R
L1
4 2A 28 2N
28 2S 15
12 2S
ILE
12 2N
11 2L
28 2O
11 2M
12 2O 27 2N
11 2K 16
BECU
DCTY
4
29 2R
11 2N
13 2R
27 2O
29 2S
11 2O
13 2S
22 2N
12 2L
6 2N
12 2M
22 2O
12 2K
6 2O
20 2N
29 2N
4 2N
13 2N
20 2O
29 2O
4 2O
13 2O
(Cont. Next Page)
32 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F
(Cont'd)
20 2P
24 2P
4 2P
8 2P
20 2Q
24 2Q
4 2Q
8 2Q
4 2J
29 2P
4 2I
13 2P
26 2P
29 2Q
10 2P
13 2Q
26 2Q
12 2J
10 2Q
12 2I
9 2J
28 2P
9 2I
12 2P
18 2N
28 2Q
2 2N
12 2Q
18 2O
11 2J
2 2O
11 2I
17 2N
19 2P
1 2N
3 2P
17 2O
19 2Q
1 2O
3 2Q
32 2P
3 2J
16 2P
3 2I
32 2Q
27 2P
16 2Q
11 2P
31 2P
27 2Q
15 2P
11 2Q
31 2Q
10 2J
15 2Q
10 2I
14 2J
17 2P
14 2I
1 2P
30 2P
17 2Q
14 2P
1 2Q
30 2Q
1 2J
14 2Q
1 2I
13 2J 13 2I
(Cont. Next Page)
33 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F RELAY LOCATIONS [Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit] (Cont'd)
23 2R
18 2R
7 2R
2 2R
23 2S
18 2S
7 2S
2 2S
7 2L
2 2L
7 2M
2 2M
7 2K
2 2K
21 2R
17 2R
5 2R
1 2R
21 2S
17 2S
5 2S
1 2S
5 2L
1 2L
5 2M
1 2M
5 2K
1 2K
19 2R 3 2R 19 2S 3 2S 3 2L 3 2M 3 2K
34 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
F Cowl Side Panel LH (See Page 21)
1
2
20A
25A
1 DEF
: R/B No.3
DOOR
3
2
1
5
3
IG1 Relay
2
1 5
3
DEF Relay
2
2
1
30A PWR (for High Current)
35 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment A2
F5
F6
B1
F8
E1
F7
E2
G1
E4
B3 B2 I3 A4
I1
A8
I2
A7
F10
H2
F4
F3
I4 H1
C3
A A A A A A A A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A6
A/C Compressor A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor ADD Actuator Air Flow Meter Airbag Sensor (Front LH) Airbag Sensor (Front RH) Alternator Alternator
B 1 Back–Up Lamp SW B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW B 3 Brake Vacuum Warning SW
A1
H4
A3
E3
F9
F11
F 2 F 3 F 4 F 5 F 6 F 7 F 8 F 9 F 10 F 11
H3
C4
C1
A5
C2
F2
Fog Lamp (Front LH) Fog Lamp (Front RH) Fuel Filter Warning SW Fuel Injector (No.1) Fuel Injector (No.2) Fuel Injector (No.3) Fuel Injector (No.4) Fuel Pressure Sensor Fuel Sedimenter Level Warning SW Fuel Temp. Sensor
G 1 Glow Plug
C C C C
1 2 3 4
Camshaft Position Sensor Clearance Lamp (Front LH) Clearance Lamp (Front RH) Crankshaft Position Sensor
H H H H
1 2 3 4
Headlamp (LH) Headlamp (RH) Horn (High) Horn (Low)
E E E E
1 2 3 4
ECT Solenoid EGR Valve Position Sensor Engine Hood Courtesy SW Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
I I I I
1 2 3 4
Injector Driver (EDU) Injector Driver (EDU) Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Air Cleaner) Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Inter Cooler)
36 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Position of Parts in Engine Compartment (*2) W3
N1
T9
T2
T3
(*5)
(*6)
(*4)
T4
S3
T4
T5
(*1)
(*7)
(*8)
(*3)
T7
S3
S3
T9
T6
S9
T14 T15
V1
S1
V2
S2
T1
T10
J1
T11
S7
T13
T12
P1
* 1:A/T * 2:2KD-FTV w/o Inter Cooler * 3:Except *2 * 4:A/T 4WD * 5:M/T 4WD * 6:4WD, M/T 2WD w/ Inter Cooler * 7:M/T 2WD w/o Inter Cooler * 8:A/T 2WD
J 1 Junction Connector N 1 Neutral Start SW P 1 Pressure SW S S S S S S S S S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Security Horn Skid Control ECU with Actuator Speed Sensor Speed Sensor (Front LH) Speed Sensor (Front RH) Starter Starter Suction Control Valve Swirl Control Valve
S5
W1
S6
S8
S4
W2
T 1 T 2 T 3 T 4 T 5 T 6 T 7 T 9 T 10 T 11 T 12 T 13 T 14 T 15
Throttle Body Assembly Throttle Body Assembly Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position) Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position) Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position) Transmission Revolution Sensor (Input) Transmission Revolution Sensor (Output) Turbo Pressure Sensor Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Motor Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Sensor Turn Signal Lamp (Front LH) Turn Signal Lamp (Front RH) Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side LH) Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side RH)
V 1 VRV (EGR) V 2 VSV (EGR Cut Valve) W 1 Water Temp. Sensor W 2 Windshield Washer Motor W 3 Windshield Wiper Motor
37 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Instrument Panel J11
J12
J7
J8
H5
C7
C11
J19
J18
C12
C8
J4
J5
J3
J2
J23
* 1:w/o Engine Immobilizer System
J6 E5
C9
F14
J22 (*1)
E6 J15
A13
E7
J29
E8
J28
J17
J25
J16
J24
J14
J26
J13
J27
J10
A 9 A 10 A 11 A 12 A 13 A 14 A 15 A 16
J9
B4
A16
B5
Cigarette Lighter Cigarette Lighter Illumination Clock Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination SW Combination SW Combination SW
D 1 DLC3 E E E E
5 6 7 8
A10
A12
A/C Amplifier A/C Thermistor A/C Volume SW A/T Shift Lever Illumination Accelerator Position Sensor Airbag Sensor Assembly Center Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Ashtray Illumination
B 4 Blower Motor B 5 Blower Resistor B 6 Blower SW C 5 C 6 C 7 C 8 C 9 C10 C 11 C12
I5
Engine ECU Engine ECU Engine ECU Engine ECU
F 14 4WD Control ECU
B6
A11
A14
C5
C6
I I
J20
A9
J21
A15
C10
I6
D1
5 Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp 6 Ignition SW
J 2 J 3 J 4 J 5 J 6 J 7 J 8 J 9 J 10 J 11 J 12 J 13 J 14 J 15 J 16 J 17 J 18 J 19 J 20 J 21 J 22 J 23 J 24 J 25 J 26 J 27 J 28 J 29
Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector
H 5 Hazard Warning Signal SW
38 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Position of Parts in Instrument Panel R1
R2
T21
* 2:w/ Engine Immobilizer System
S12 T16 T17 T18
S14
T19
T22
T8
S11
P3
P2
R3
S13
U1
T20
K1
S10
O1
(*2)
K 1 Key Interlock Solenoid O 1 Outer Mirror SW P 2 Parking Brake SW P 3 Power Point Socket R 1 Radio Receiver Assembly R 2 Radio Receiver Assembly R 3 Rear Window Defogger SW S 10 S 11 S 12 S 13 S 14
T 8 T 16 T 17 T 18 T 19 T 20 T 21 T 22
Turbo Motor Driver Theft Warning ECU Transmission Control ECU Transmission Control ECU Transmission Control ECU Transponder Key Amplifier Transponder Key ECU Turn Signal Flasher
U 1 Unlock Warning SW
Security Indicator Lamp Shift Lock Control ECU Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU) Spiral Cable Stop Lamp SW
39 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body
[Double Cab] M1
O3
P6
P4
D6
O2 P9 P5 D7
P11
P10
D9
D3
P8
P7
D5
D8
C13
D4
L2 L1
F12
A17
A 17 ABS Deceleration Sensor
F13
D2
L 1 License Plate Lamp LH L 2 License Plate Lamp RH
C13 Center Stop Lamp M 1 Map Lamp D D D D D D D D
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side) Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger’s Side) Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH) Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH) Door Lock Assembly (Driver’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Rear LH) Door Lock Assembly (Rear RH)
F 12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver’s Side) F 13 Fuel Sender Gage
O 2 Outer Rear View Mirror (LH) O 3 Outer Rear View Mirror (RH) P 4 P 5 P 6 P 7 P 8 P 9 P 10 P 11
Power Window Master SW Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH) Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH) Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear LH) Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear RH) Power Window SW (Front Passenger’s Side) Power Window SW (Rear LH) Power Window SW (Rear RH)
40 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Position of Parts in Body
[Double Cab] R8
R7
T24
S16
T23 S15 S17 R6 S18 R5
S21
R R R R R
4 5 6 7 8
S 15 S 16 S 17 S 18 S 21 S 22
Rear Combination Lamp (LH) Rear Combination Lamp (RH) Rear Window Defogger Rear Window Defogger Room Lamp
R4
S22
T 23 Tweeter (LH) T 24 Tweeter (RH)
Speaker (Front Door LH) Speaker (Front Door RH) Speaker (Rear Door LH) Speaker (Rear Door RH) Speed Sensor (Rear LH) Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
41 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body
[Extra Cab] M1
O3
P6
P4
D6
O2 P5 P9 D7
C13
D3
L2 L1
F12
A17
A 17 ABS Deceleration Sensor
F13
D2
L 1 License Plate Lamp LH L 2 License Plate Lamp RH
C13 Center Stop Lamp M 1 Map Lamp D D D D
2 3 6 7
Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side) Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Driver’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger’s Side)
F 12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver’s Side) F 13 Fuel Sender Gage
O 2 Outer Rear View Mirror (LH) O 3 Outer Rear View Mirror (RH) P P P P
4 5 6 9
Power Window Master SW Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH) Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH) Power Window SW (Front Passenger’s Side)
42 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Position of Parts in Body
[Extra Cab] R7
R8
T24
S16
R6
S20
T23 S15 R5
S19
R R R R R
4 5 6 7 8
S 15 S 16 S 19 S 20 S 21 S 22
Rear Combination Lamp (LH) Rear Combination Lamp (RH) Rear Window Defogger Rear Window Defogger Room Lamp
S21
R4
S22
T 23 Tweeter (LH) T 24 Tweeter (RH)
Speaker (Front Door LH) Speaker (Front Door RH) Speaker (Rear LH) Speaker (Rear RH) Speed Sensor (Rear LH) Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
43 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body
[Single Cab] O3
P6
P4
D6
O2 P5 P9 D7 D3
C13 L2 L1
F12
A17
A 17 ABS Deceleration Sensor
F13
D2
L 1 License Plate Lamp LH L 2 License Plate Lamp RH
C13 Center Stop Lamp D D D D
2 3 6 7
Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side) Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Driver’s Side) Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger’s Side)
F 12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver’s Side) F 13 Fuel Sender Gage
O 2 Outer Rear View Mirror (LH) O 3 Outer Rear View Mirror (RH) P P P P
4 5 6 9
Power Window Master SW Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH) Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH) Power Window SW (Front Passenger’s Side)
44 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Position of Parts in Body
[Single Cab] R8
S16
S15
R5
S21
R 4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH) R 5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH) R 8 Room Lamp
R4
S22
S 15 S 16 S 21 S 22
Speaker (Front Door LH) Speaker (Front Door RH) Speed Sensor (Rear LH) Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
45 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points Engine Wire
EC
Engine Room Main Wire Engine No.2 Wire EA2 EA1 EA EB
: Location of Splice Points E2
;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;;;;
;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;;
E1
46 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness EA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Code EA1 EA2
EA2
5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
1
2
2
1
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and J/B)
47 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Engine Wire
Instrument Panel Wire
IE1
Emgine Room Main Wire
Roof Wire ID1 ID2 IB1 Front Door RH Wire
Front Door LH Wire IA1 IC1
Floor Wire
Floor Wire
: Location of Ground Points ID
IE
IG
IF
48 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness IA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213141516171819 20
IB1
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
20 1918171615141312 11
IC1
2
1
7 6 5 4 3
ID1 Gray
1
2
3 4 5 6
2 1 6 5 43
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
ID2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Code
IE1
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
3 2 1
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
4 5 6
6 5 4
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1
Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1
Front Door LH Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID1 ID2 IE1
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box) Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH)
49 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Engine Wire
Instrument Panel Wire
IF2
IF1
IF3
Engine Room Main Wire
IG1 II1 IH1 Roof Wire
Front Door LH Wire
Front Door RH Wire
Floor Wire
Floor Wire
: Location of Splice Points I1
;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;
I2
;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;; ;;;;
50 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness IF1
IF2
Yellow
2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
4 3
1 2
6 5 4 3 2 1 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
3 4
IF3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213141516171819 20
IG1
1 2
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
5 6 7 8 9 10
20 1918171615141312 11
IH1
Code
4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5
II1
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
3 4
2
1
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5
7 6 5 4 3 12 11 10 9 8
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF1 IF2
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
IF3 IG1
Engine Room Main Wire and Floor Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IH1
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
II1
Front Door RH Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
51 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[Double Cab] Roof Wire
Engine Room Main Wire
Front Door RH Wire
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH
Instrument PanelWire Engine Wire BC1
Front Door LH Wire
Frame No.2 Wire
BB1 BA1 BA2
Floor Wire
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH
Frame Wire
Skid Control Sensor Wire
BE1
BD1
: Location of Splice Points B1
;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;;
;;;; ;;;; ;;;;
B3
52 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness BA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BA2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
7 6 5 4 3
5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
12 11 10 9 8
BB1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BD1
BC1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6
5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6
BE1
Black Black
1
Code BA1 BA2
2
2 1
1 2 3 4
2 1 4 3
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
BB1
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar LH)
BC1
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar RH)
BD1
Frame No.2 Wire and Frame Wire (Under the Back Panel LH)
BE1
Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Rear of the Rear Differential)
53 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[Extra Cab] Engine Room Main Wire
Front Door RH Wire
Roof Wire Instrument Panel Wire Engine Wire
Front Door LH Wire BA2 Floor Wire
BA1
Frame Wire
Skid Control Sensor Wire
BE1
BD1
: Location of Splice Points B1
B2
;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;; ;;;;;;
;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;
;;;;; ;;;;; ;;;;;
B3
54 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness BA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BD1
BA2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
7 6 5 4 3
5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
12 11 10 9 8
BE1
Black Black
1
Code BA1 BA2
2
2 1
1 2 3 4
2 1 4 3
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
BD1
Frame No.2 Wire and Frame Wire (Under the Back Panel LH)
BE1
Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Rear of the Rear Differential)
55 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[Single Cab] Roof Wire
Engine Room Main Wire
Front Door RH Wire
Instrument Panel Wire Frame No.2 Wire
Engine Wire
Front Door LH Wire BA1 BA2
Floor Wire
Frame Wire
Skid Control Sensor Wire
BE1
BD1
: Location of Splice Points B2
;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;; ;;;;;;;;
;;;;; ;;;;; ;;;;;
B3
56 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness BA1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
BD1
BA2
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
7 6 5 4 3
5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6
12 11 10 9 8
BE1
Black Black
1
Code BA1 BA2
2
2 1
1 2 3 4
2 1 4 3
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
BD1
Frame No.2 Wire and Frame Wire (Under the Back Panel LH)
BE1
Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Rear of the Rear Differential)
57 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
58 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
SYSTEM CIRCUITS H
HILUX ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM SYSTEM CIRCUITS ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Audio System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back–Up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combination Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front Wiper and Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Light Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiplex Communication System (CAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat Belt Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shift Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taillight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft Deterrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wireless Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page 116 178 168 98 66 158 162 172 130 108 68 80 86 152 84 156 88 100 104 104 82 160 60 148 164 166 106 128 121 64 96 88 142 92 136 124
59 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Power Source 20A H–LP LH 1
2
1
R
20A H–LP RH
40A MAIN 3 1C
B–W
4 1B
W–R
1
1
2
1
B
30A AM2 11 IF3
W–R
W–R
15A FOG
50A BATT P/I 3 1B
W–L
1 1H
1
2
10A HORN
80A GLOW 1 1G
B
1
2
25A EFI 1
7. 5A ALT–S 1
1
W
1
15A TURN–HAZ
L
2
1
L
7. 5A DOME 2
1
B–Y
1
2
1
R
15A RAD
30A DCC 1
1 1J
7. 5A ECU–B 2
1
2
2
1
2
1
L–Y
100A ALT 1 1F
B
B
1 1C
L–B
L–B
2 1B
R
2 1C
W–R
1 1A
W
40A FR HTR
40A ABS NO. 1
Battery 30A ABS NO. 2
60 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
12 2C
7. 5A ACC
15A CIG
B–R
ACC 2
L–R
IG1 1
B–Y
4 AM1
B A
B B
B–Y
6 2A
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector W–R
6 2C
IG2 6
B
ST2 7
B–W
5 AM2
20A WIP
7. 5A IGN
7. 5A MET
I6 Ignition SW 7 2C
B–R
2 2A
8 2K
7. 5A ST
D A
R–L
E B
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector
40A AM1
2
1
R–L
3
1
2
3
5
3
W–B
40A IG1 2 2H
2
1
W–R
3
3
W–G
IG1 Relay 15A PWR OUT
W–G
W–R
10A TAIL
7. 5A OBD
30A PWR 3
B
1 2G
1
2
3
L
10A STOP 25A DOOR 3
L–B
1 2F
1
2
3
LG
20A DEF
4 5
3
1
2
10A A/C
1
2
3
B–Y
HTR Relay
61 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Power Source Service Hints I6 Ignition SW 4–2 : Closed with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 4–1 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 5–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 5–7 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position : Parts Location Code
See Page
I6 J16
A
Code
See Page
38
J17
B
38
38
J18
A
38
Code J19
See Page B
38
: Relay Blocks Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
35
R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A 1B 1C
23
1F
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1G 1H 1J 2A 2C 2F 2G 2H 2K
24 28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IF3
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
62 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
63 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Starting ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
IG2 ST2 7
B–W
I6 Ignition SW
4
L–Y
W–R
: w/ Theft Deterrent System : w/o Theft Deterrent System : M/T Single Cab, Double Cab 2KD–FTV w/o Inter Cooler : ∗2 Except ∗3
7 2C
B
7. 5A ST
N 5
B–Y
(M/T)
(A/T)
B–Y
L–Y
L–Y
N1 Neutral Start SW
P
1 ID2
11 IF3
L
3 2O
(A/T)
5 AM2
1 2 3 4
(A/T)
L–Y
4 EA1
J11 Junction Connector
B–Y
W–R
D
W–R
W–R
D 1
5
1
2
4 1B
ST Relay 3
1
30A AM2
1
1
L
W–B
1 1A 10 IF3 2 EA2 B–W
M
S 6(A), S 7(B) Starter
W–B
(∗1, ∗4)
12 A SRLY (∗1)
1 A E(∗1)
12 B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
1 B
(∗4)
B
B–W (∗1, ∗4)
(∗4)
1 A
T16(A) Theft Warning ECU S12(B) Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU)
L
W
(∗2 ∗3)
B A
B B
1 B
W–B (∗4)
W–B
Battery
ID
64 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints S6 (A), S7 (B) Starter Point closed with the neutral start SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T) Point closed with the ignition SW at ST position (M/T) I6 Ignition SW 5–7 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position N1 Neutral Start SW 4–5 : Closed with the neutral start SW at P or N position ST Relay 5–3 : Closed with the neutral start SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T) 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position (M/T) : Parts Location Code
See Page
I6
38
J11 J22
Code J23
38 A
38
See Page B
N1 S6
A
Code
See Page
38
S7
B
37
37
S12
B
39
37
T16
A
39
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1A 1B
See Page 23
2C
28
2O
29
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code EA1
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IF3
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
EA2
: Ground Points Code ID
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
65 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Charging
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
7. 5A MET
1 2D
R–L
B–O
32 2S
Charge
21
E8 Engine ECU
13 EA1
B
W
B
4 ID2
W
R–L
W
G
3 ID2
GR
8
GR
37
ALT
B
C8 Combination Meter
J6 Junction Connector 1
B
G
1 1E
2
100A ALT
7. 5A ALT–S
3 B
2 B
4 B
1 B
M
IG
L
S
A 7(A), A 8(B) Alternator
1 A B
1
1 1A
W
IC Regulator
Battery
66 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints A7 (A) Alternator (A) 1–Ground : 13.2–14.0 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F) : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A7
A
36
C8
38
A8
B
36
E8
38
Code J6
See Page 38
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
23
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1E
23
Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2D
28
2S
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
67 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
∗ 1 : Shielded ∗ 2 : 1KD–FTV
50A BATT P/I
80A GLOW
B 1 1G
3 1B
R
L
L
W–L
B W–G
W–G
1 1 1H
5
B
1
4 1J
2 1J
L
B
R
C A
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
A B
1 1J
2 1
GLOW Relay 25A EFI 3
MAIN Relay
1
EDU Relay
2
3 1J
8 1J
W–B
B
1 EA2
7 1J
B–W
5 1J
B
1
W–B
B–R
1
12 IF2
G1 Glow Plug
B
B–W
B–R
12 EA1
1
A
A
J1 Junction Connector
W–B
A
W–B
B–W B
EB
68 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
BR(∗2) W–B (∗1) B W–B B
B
B
E2
R
B
B
BR
(∗2)
B
1
1
5
3
4
(∗2)
L
L
R
G–W
G–Y
L–R
W–R
15 A
2 D
1 D
9 C
24 C
BATT
PCV–
EGR
31 D
VG
32 C
THA
EVG
VCP2 27 A
VPA2 23 A
EPA2 29 A
BR–Y
EPA 28 A
GR–G
VPA 22 A
BR–R
VCPA 26 A
BR–W
IREL
B–W
W–B
PCV+
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
10 A
W–B
GREL
(∗2)
B
2 B
+B
W–L
A A
W–G
(∗1) A B
1 A
MREL
LG–R
A B
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
A A
W–B
W–B A B
8 A
2
(∗2)
2
2
B–W
11 IF2
(∗2)
R
IF3
Y–B
1
V1 VRV (EGR)
IF3
S8 Suction Control Valve
14
B
W–G
1
A4 Air Flow Meter
W–G
4
6
5
1
3
2
VCP1
VPA1
EP1
VCP2
VPA2
EP2
A13 Accelerator Position Sensor
W–B B–W B
B
W–B
69 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control BR(∗2)
BR (∗2)
W–B (∗1) B
E2
B
E2
B
B
E2
W–B
M– M+
T10 Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Motor
1
T11 Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Sensor
2
SCV
W–B
W–B
B
W
(∗2)
B
(∗2)
M+
3
6
M–
GND
2 A
2 B
+B
E2
GND
VNTI
DUTY
T8 Turbo Motor Driver
(∗2)
R–B
4
10 D
17 D
VNTO
VTA
1 A
3 B
4 C
29 C
LUSL
VNTI
VC 1 B
T 1(A), T 2(B) Throttle Body Assembly
10
B
15 D
B–O
LG
(∗2)
(∗2)
Y–B
EGRC
(∗1)
2 VNE2
9
18 C
L
5 VTA1
VNTO
3 A
(∗2)
R
1 VNVC
(∗2)
W
B
(∗2)
+B
2
GR
1
8
(∗2)
2
1
3
(∗2)
(∗2)
2
S9 Swirl Control Valve
1
(∗2)
B
V2 VSV (EGR Cut Valve)
B
(∗2)
BR VNVC(+) VTA1 VNE2(–)
R–W
VLU
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
INJF
V
Y–R
#4 21 D
R
2 EA1
#3 22 D
B–W
3 EA1
#2 23 D
P
B
: Shielded : 1KD–FTV : 2KD–FTV : w/ Inter Cooler
#1 24 D
7 B
6 B
3 B
2 B
5 B
W–B
B
1 2 3 4
(∗1)
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
(∗1)
25 D
8 A W–B
B
BATTERY
1 B GND
IJf
IJt# 1
IJt# 2
IJt# 3
IJt# 4
I 1(A), I 2(B) Injector Driver (EDU) (∗1)
W–B
W–B
70 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
BR
BR
(∗2)
BR
B B
B B
B B
B B
1
E2 EGR Valve Position Sensor
VC
E2
E
E
E
R–Y
33 C
28 C
THIA
R–W
20 D
E2
J6 Junction Connector
(∗3)
E
R–W
28 D
2
R–W
3
E
R–W
18 D
26 D
EGLS
PIM
PR
VC
1
R–W
3
(∗3)
3
L–Y
EGLS
2
(∗4)
Y–G
VC
T9 Turbo Pressure Sensor
PIM
2
BR
2 E2
E2
R–W
(∗2)
BR
BR
I4 Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Inter Cooler)
1
L–B
BR
1 BR
F9 Fuel Pressure Sensor
B B
BR
B A
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
B A
(∗3)
BR
B A
BR
B A
(∗4)
B A
BR
BR
(∗3)
BR
BR
(∗2)
BR (∗3)
VC
PCR1
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
(∗1) (∗1) (∗1) (∗1)
J10 Junction Connector 5 A COM1
4 A
F7 Fuel Injector (No. 3) L
C
Y
C
(∗1)
1
C
J10 Junction Connector 3 A
INJ# 1
2
L–W
L–W
B
P
(∗1)
1
G
B
R
B
(∗1)
R–B
1
B
W
R–B
(∗1)
1
2
F6 Fuel Injector (No. 2)
2
L
2
F8 Fuel Injector (No. 4)
F5 Fuel Injector (No. 1)
(∗1)
INJ# 4
6 A COM2
2 A INJ# 2
1 A INJ# 3
I 1(A), I 2(B) Injector Driver (EDU) (∗1) W–B
W–B
71 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
BR BR BR
10A STOP
B–O
G–B
2
1
G–W
R–L
W1 Water Temp. Sensor
4 B
B–O
R–L
19 D
9 A
14 B
THF
THW
IGSW
L–Y
(A/T)
G–W
R–L
29 D
L–Y
N1 Neutral Start SW
(M/T)
2
G–B
(∗3)
Y–G
THA
F B
N 21 2S
31 D
D A
L
P
5 2M
IF3
5
B–Y
2
4
B–Y (A/T)
L–Y
BR
1
F11 Fuel Temp. Sensor
1
1 ID2
S14 Stop Lamp SW 4
19 2O
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
B–O
3
3 2O
L–Y
2 2F
(A/T)
6 2M
(A/T)
2
BR
I3 Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Air Cleaner)
BR
(∗3)
1
22 2S
7. 5A ST
(A/T)
7. 5A IGN
(∗3)
15 B
ST1–
7 A STA
STP
6 A NSW
NE– 34 D
1
2
E01
E02
7 D
6 D
W
L
NE+ 27 D
W–B
7 C
L
E1
31 C
G+
Y
G–
23 C
Y
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
(∗1)
(∗1)
BR
(∗1)
(∗1)
(∗1)
E1
(∗1)
(∗1)
(∗1)
A A
A A
A A
A A
A B
A B
BR
I1
(∗1)
3
W–B
A B
(∗1)
J 9(A), J10(B) Junction Connector
BR
L
2
C4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
(∗1)
A A
W–B
(∗1)
A A
(∗1)
1
C1 Camshaft Position Sensor
(∗1)
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
BR
EC
72 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
7. 5A OBD ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
: Shielded : 2KD–FTV : w/ Inter Cooler : w/ Engine Immobilizer System : w/ Front Cooler
O
14 2D
1 3 4 5 6
T17 Transmission Control ECU
A8 Alternator
D1 DLC3
16
J6 Junction Connector
TAC
SG
CG
9
5
4
G
10 2C
22 2Q
21 2Q
6 2O
9 2C
6 2Q
5 2Q
6 2N
22 2O
G B
TC 13
B–W
SIL 7
B–W
WFSE 15
P–B
CAN– 20
R–Y
CAN+ 21
W
M 3
BR
BAT
R–Y
P–B
B–W
21 B
CAN+
W 22 B
ALT
P
V
8 D
(A/T)
G
(A/T)
B
19 A
18 A
11 A
4 A
SIL
WFSE
CAN–
TC
TACH
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
A
J23 Junction Connector
18 ID2 W
A
W–B
12 A
BR
GIND 14 A
R–B
SPD 17 B
Y–R
THWO 2 A
V–R
(∗5)
(∗5)
Y–B
(∗5)
E0M 16 A
P
IMO 29 B
W–B
IMI 30 B
(∗6)
R–L
(∗6)
Y
ACT 19 B
Y–G
AC1 18 B
16 2Q 1 IE1 B–W 32 2Q R–B
14 AC1
2 ACT
13 EFIO
12 EFII
11
P
R–B
Y–R
E0M V–R
A9 A/C Amplifier
T21 Transponder Key ECU
P
BR BR
BR
IE
73 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A MET
7. 5A DOME
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
2
30 2S
R–B
1
R
1 2D
8 2J
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter Tachometer
6 A
4 A
22 A
R–B
Y–R
B–W
V–R
P
Y
5 A
R–B
7 A
16 ID2
15 ID2
R–B
Glow 40 A
P–L
Check Engine 39 A
P–L
1 A
Temp.
R
21 A
Speedometer
B–O
25 2Q
3
1
26 2Q
B–W 26 2P
Y–R
V–R
R–B
S3 Speed Sensor
BR
V–R
2
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
P
W–B
B B
BR
ID
74 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline This system utilizes an engine ECU and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline of the engine control is explained here. 1. Input Signals (1) Water temp. signal circuit The water temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance varies according to the engine coolant temp. Thus the engine coolant temp. is input in the form of a control signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine ECU. (2) Intake air temp. signal circuit The intake air temp. sensor is detects the intake air temp. of air cleaner, which is input as a control signal to TERMINAL THA of the engine ECU. The intake air temp. sensor is detects the intake air temp. of inter cooler, which is input as a control signal to TERMINAL THIA of the engine ECU. (3) RPM signal circuit Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor. Camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G+ of the engine ECU, and engine RPM is input into TERMINAL NE+. (4) Throttle signal circuit The accelerator position sensor detects the accelerator pedal opening angle, which is input as a control signal to TERMINALS VPA and VPA2 of the engine ECU. (5) Vehicle speed signal circuit The speed sensor detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signal to TERMINAL SPD of the engine ECU via the combination meter. (6) Battery signal circuit Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine ECU. When the ignition SW is turned to on, voltage for engine ECU operation is applied via the MAIN relay to TERMINAL +B of the engine ECU. (7) Started signal circuit To confirm that the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL STA of the engine ECU. (8) Fuel temp. signal circuit The fuel temp. sensor is detects the fuel temp., which is input as a control signal to TERMINAL THF of the engine ECU. (9) Intake air vacuum pressure signal system Intake air vacuum pressure is detected by the turbo pressure sensor and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL PIM of the engine ECU.
75 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control 2. Control System ∗ EGR control The EGR control system detects the signals from each sensor, then the current is output to the TERMINAL EGR to control the VRV (EGR). ∗ Common rail pressure control The target rail pressure is calculated according to the engine status (Accelerator opening, engine speed) and environmental change detected by sensors. The fuel amount to be pressure–fed from the supply pump is calculated so as to match the indicated value of rail pressure sensor with the target value and the signal is sent to the intake amount adjusting valve of the supply pump in order to control the rail pressure. ∗ Fuel injection timing control The fuel injection timing is controlled by calculating the basic fuel injection timing based on the engine status (Accelerator opening, engine speed), making corrections according to environmental change detected by sensors, then sending a signal to the solenoid control valve of the injector via the injector driver (EDU). ∗ Fuel injection volume control The fuel injection volume is controlled by calculating the basic fuel injection volume based on the engine status (Accelerator opening, engine speed), making corrections according to environmental change detected by sensors and the inside pressure conditions in the rail, then sending a signal to the solenoid control valve of the injector via the injector driver (EDU). ∗ Pilot injection control The fuel injection volume and timing are controlled by calculating the pilot injection volume/timing based on the engine status (Accelerator opening, engine speed), making corrections according to environmental change detected by sensors, then sending a signal to the solenoid control valve of the injector via the injector driver (EDU). 3. Diagnosis System With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunctioning in the engine ECU signal system, the malfunction system is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the display (Code) of the check engine warning light. 4. Fail–Safe System When a malfunction occurs in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control based on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values) recorded in the engine ECU memory or else stops the engine.
76 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints E5 (A), E6 (B), E7 (C), E8 (D) Engine ECU BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) VC, VCPA, VCP2–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more (Engine cranking) MREL–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 0–1.5 volts (More than 10 seconds passed away after the ignition SW was turned to OFF) IREL–E1 : 0–1.5 volts (Engine idling) 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at OFF position) GREL–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Engine cranking) 0–1.5 volts (Engine idling (More than 600 seconds passed away after the engine started to run) ) NE+ –NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling) G+ –G– : Pulse generation (Engine idling) SPD–E1 : Pulse generation (In driving at about 20km/h) VPA–EPA : 0.5–1.1 volts (Ignition SW on and accelerator pedal fully closed) 3.0–4.6 volts (Ignition SW on and accelerator pedal fully opened) VPA2–EPA2 : 0.9–2.3 volts (Ignition SW on and accelerator pedal fully closed) 3.4–5.0 volts (Ignition SW on and accelerator pedal fully opened) STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal depressed) 0–1.5 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal released) ST1– –E1 : 0–1.5 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal depressed) 7.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal released) PIM–E2 : 1.2–1.6 volts (When a negative pressure of 40 kPA (300 mmhg) is applied) 1.3–1.9 volts (During air release) 3.2–3.8 volts (When a pressure of 69 kPA (0.7 kg/cm3) is applied) THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts (During warm–up and coolant temp. 60°C, 140°F–120°C, 248°F) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (During warm–up and intake temp. 0°C, 32°F–80°C, 176°F) THIA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (During warm–up and intake air temp. 0°C, 32°F–80°C, 176°F) THF–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (During cooling with the ignition SW kept at the ON position) VG–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Engine idling) PCR1–E2 : 1.3–1.8 volts (Engine idling) ALT–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) PCV+ –PCV– : Pulse generation (Engine idling) #1, #2, #3, #4–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) INJF–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) EGR–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) : Pulse generation (EGR at ON position (Staying at 1500r/min after warm–up) ) EGLS–E2 : 0.6–1.4 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) AC1–E1 : 0–1.5 volts (A/C SW on (Magnetic clutch ON) ) 7.5–14.0 volts (A/C SW off) ACT–E1 : 3.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 0–1.5 volts (During air conditioner’s operation cut (For 5 seconds during driving at 30km/h or slower at full throttle) ) W–E1 : 0–3.0 volts (Check engine warning light lights up and ignition SW at ON position) 9.0–14.0 volts (Engine idling and except check engine warning light lights up) GIND–E1 : 0–3.0 volts (Glow indicator light lights up and ignition SW at ON position) 9.0–14.0 volts (Engine idling) TACH–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) THWO–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) TC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 0–3.0 volts (The DLC3 is shorted between the TERMINALS TC and CG) CAN+ –CAN– : 54.0–69.0 Ω (More than 10 seconds passed away after the ignition SW was turned to OFF) VNTO–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) VNTI–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) NSW–E1 : 0–0.3 volts (Shift position in P or N position) 9–14.0 volts (Other shift position in P or N position)
77 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Control : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
36
F9
36
A8
36
F11
36
N1
37
A9
38
G1
36
S3
37
A13
38
I1
A
36
S8
37
C1
36
I2
B
36
S9
37
C4
36
I3
36
S14
A
38
I4
36
T1
B
38
37
T2
C8 C9
J1
J23
See Page
A4
B
38
39 A
37
B
37
D1
38
J4
A
38
T8
39
E2
36
J5
B
38
T9
37
38
T10
37
E5
A
38
J6
E6
B
38
J7
A
38
T11
37
E7
C
38
J8
B
38
T17
39
E8
D
38
J9
A
38
T21
39
F5
36
J10
B
38
V1
37
F6
36
J11
A
38
V2
37
F7
36
J12
B
38
W1
37
F8
36
J22
A
38
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1B 1G 1H 1J 2C 2D
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left) 24 28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2F 2J 2M 2N 2O 2P 2Q 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code EA1
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IE1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH)
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
EA2
IF2 IF3
78 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
: Splice Points Code E1 E2
See Page 46
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
Code I1
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
79 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Engine Immobilizer System
W–R
5 AM2
IG2 6
B
ST2
11 IF3
1
B
4 1B
L
L
W–R
I6 Ignition SW
12 2L
6 2C
T20 Transponder Key Amplifier
D1 DLC3
Transponder Key Coil SIL
2 7. 5A IGN
7. 5A ECU–B
30A AM2
R–Y
7
1
2
+B
TXCT
7
5
5
IG
AGND
CODE
VC5
4
1
22 2P
B
B–O
30A DCC
L–Y
2
GND
L
6 2R
L–Y
29 2R
L–B
1
22 2Q
ANT2
L–O
ANT1
4
15
14
9
TXCT
CODE
VC5
D
1
12
13
11
Y–B
Y–G
W–B
GND
EFIO
E0M
KSW 3
3 2C
26 2N
27 2O
4 2C
10 2O
G–Y
S10 Security Indicator Lamp
C8 Combination Meter R–B
16
30 B
IMO
IMI
E 5(A), E 6(B) Engine ECU
16 A
1
E0M
U1 Unlock Warning SW
29 B
15
2
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector B B
B B
W–B
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
GR
G
B A
R–B
L–Y
1
3 IA1
1
BR
27 2N
2
Battery
EFII
G–R
16
G–R
IND 8
R–B
CTY 7
G–R
W
1 1A
G
T21 Transponder Key ECU
ID
80 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints T21 Transponder Key ECU 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 16–Ground : Always continuity 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
C8
38
E5
A
38
S10
39
D1
38
E6
B
38
T20
39
38
T21
39
U1
39
40 (Double Cab) D2
I6
42 (Extra Cab)
J22
A
38
44 (Single Cab)
J23
B
38
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1A
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2C
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2L
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
1B
2N 2O 2P 2Q 2R
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF3
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
: Ground Points Code ID
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
81 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Multiplex Communication System – CAN
E6 Engine ECU
P
CAN– 21
V
CAN+ 22
21
20
CAN+
CAN–
T17 Transmission Control ECU
82 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline Multiplex communication system (CAN) uses a serial communication protocol and communicates with a differential voltage. In this network system, TERMINALS CAN+ and CAN– are used for communication between the ECUs and sensors, and excellent data communication speed and communication error detecting facility are provided. This system is working for the following systems: ∗ Engine Control ∗ ECT : Parts Location Code E6
See Page 38
Code T17
See Page
Code
See Page
39
83 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Headlight From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
1
1
20A H–LP LH
20A H–LP RH
2
7. 5A DOME
2
2
1
3
3
R
B
1
R
1
8 2J
2
25 2Q
R
R–Y
1
R–Y
2
H2 Headlamp (RH)
B–W
1
B–W
H1 Headlamp (LH)
1 A A
B A
A A
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector B B
C B
High Beam
B A
C8 Combination Meter
C B
C10 Combination SW
10
Light Control SW
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y
B–R
27
9
Dimmer SW B1
T1
(H)
ED
(ED)
RF
OFF
Flash
Tail
Low
Head
High
HL
HU
ED
B
7
A A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
W–B
A B
IE
84 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints C10 Combination SW 10–7 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at LOW position and the light control SW at HEAD position 9–7 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at FLASH position or the dimmer SW at HIGH position and the light control SW at HEAD position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
H2
Code
See Page
C8
38
36
J22
A
38
C10
38
J4
A
38
J23
B
38
H1
36
J5
B
38
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2Q
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points Code IE
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
85 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Front Fog Light From Power Source System (See Page 60)
50A BATT P/I
10A TAIL
12 2Q
G
7 2S
1 1H
2 1I
5 2C
G–W
G
3 1B
W–L
12 2J
23 2S
7 2R
G
G
1
15A FOG
8 2
Front Fog
C8 Combination Meter
FOG Relay
30
4 1I
3 1I
G–B
G–B
R–W
R–W
13 2J
E A
E A
30 2Q
G–B
G–W
14 2Q
2
J 2(A), J 3(B) Junction Connector
8
R–W
BFG LFG
R–W
E B
2
2
1
1
W–B
F3 Fog Lamp (Front RH)
W–B
F2 Fog Lamp (Front LH)
Front Fog Light SW
T1
5 B1
OFF On OFF
Light Control SW
Tail Head 1
P
C10 Combination SW
A
A
EB
J21 Junction Connector
I2
J1 Junction Connector
A
W–B
W–B
A
W–B
EA
W–B
A
ID
86 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints F2, F3 Fog Lamp (Front LH), (Front RH) 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position, dimmer SW at LOW position and front fog light SW at ON position : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8
38
C10
38
F2
36
Code
See Page
F3 J1 J2
Code
36
J3
37 A
See Page B
J21
38 38
38
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1B 1H 1I
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
24
2C
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2Q 2R 2S
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
: Splice Points Code I2
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Wire
87 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
EB
A W–B I2
EA 1
2
B3 W–B B3
3
W–B
Tail
G
G
G
W–B
G
B3
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
Tail
G
G
W–B
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
G
B3
W–B
2
L2 License Plate Lamp RH
G
G
G
7 2M
2 2
A
J15 Junction Connector
W–B
1 1
W–B
1 2
G
Tail
W–B
2
W–B
W–B
G–W
7 2L
L1 License Plate Lamp LH
C10 Combination SW G
B1
C3 Clearance Lamp (Front RH)
5
G
7 2R
W–B
W–B
C2 Clearance Lamp (Front LH)
5 2C
W–B
W–B
J1 Junction Connector
Light Control SW
Taillight and Illumination From Power Source System (See Page 60)
10A TAIL
7 2K
11 BA1
8
T1
OFF
B3
Head
3
A B3
A
8 BA1
IG
88
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A MET
7. 5A DOME
2 7 2S
1 2D
1
R
23 2S
G
G
G
B–O
8 2J
R
25 2Q
C8 Combination Meter
21
1
LCD Illumination
Illumination
8
Y
22
Y
89 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Taillight and Illumination
3 2Q
12 2Q
29 2Q
29 2P
19 2P
28 2Q
24 2P
19 2Q
2
1
10
9
(A/T)
G
A12 A/T Shift Lever Illumination
G
G
G
(∗3)
2
H5 Hazard Warning Signal SW
1
R1 Radio Receiver Assembly
2
C6 Cigarette Lighter Illumination
1
(∗1)
G
A16 Ashtray Illumination
B6 Blower SW
8
(∗2)
G
R3 Rear Window Defogger SW
G
G
4
8
8 7
W–B
(A/T)
L
BR
R
(∗3)
W
(∗1)
(∗2)
L
L
3
B
J21 Junction Connector B
Y
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B B
B B
B B
W–B
B A
17 2D
9 2D
W–B
W–B
18 2D
W–B
W–B
B B
W–B ∗ 1 : w/ Ashtray Illumination ∗ 2 : w/ Rear Window Defogger ∗ 3 : w/ Cigarette Lighter Illumination
ID
IE
90 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints C10 Combination SW 5–8 : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD or TAIL position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A12
38
J15
A16
38
B6
38
J22
A
38
C2
36
J23
B
38
C3
36
C6
38
C8
38
44 (Single Cab)
C10
38
40 (Double Cab)
H5
38
J1
37
J21
Code R1
39
38
R3
39 41 (Double Cab)
R4
40 (Double Cab) L1
L2
See Page
38
43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab)
42 (Extra Cab)
41 (Double Cab) R5
43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab)
42 (Extra Cab) 44 (Single Cab)
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2C
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2D
2L 2M 2P 2Q 2R 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
: Splice Points Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2
50
Engine Room Main Wire
B3
52 (Double Cab)
Frame Wire
Code B3
See Page 54 (Extra Cab) 56 (Single Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
91 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1 10A ECU–IG& GAUGE
15A TURN–HAZ G–Y
2 20 2S
G–B
IG
G–B
4
2
3
LR
+B
GND
8
7
EL
ER
5
LG
LL
6
G–Y
EHW
G–O
G–Y
1
IF3
G–B
T22 Turn Signal Flasher
2
B–Y
R–L
B–Y
1
25 2O
12 25 2N
13
Turn Signal SW
TL
G–O
(∗1)
G–O
9 2N
E
TR
LH N RH
4
C10 Combination SW
11 Y
W
H5 Hazard Warning Signal SW
IE
A B
B A
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
A B
B B
W–B
A B
W–B
T16 Theft Warning ECU
A A
W–B
A A
HAZD
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
28
Y
R
2
ID
92 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
A
A
A
EB
W–B
A
W–B
W–B
EA
Y
G–B
G–B
G–Y
G–Y
3 2K
7 BA1
1 1
1
3 3
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
12 BA1
G–Y
2 2M
G–Y
2 2L
Turn
3 2L
G–B
3 2M
G–B
2 2S
W–B
G–Y
3 2S
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
Turn
G–Y
18 2S
W–B
22
W–B
G–B
19 2S
W–B
1
T15 Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side RH)
2
W–B
W–B
T13 Turn Signal Lamp (Front RH)
T12 Turn Signal Lamp (Front LH)
1
J1 Junction Connector
W–B
1
2
W–B
2
T14 Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side LH)
25
W–B
W–B
24
RH
LH
C8 Combination Meter
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
G–Y
G–B
2 2K
2
B3
8 BA1
I2
A
J15 Junction Connector
IG
93
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Service Hints T22 Turn Signal Flasher 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 2, 3–Ground : Changes from approx. 12 to 0 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the turn signal SW at LEFT or RIGHT position or the hazard warning signal SW at ON position 5–Ground : Continuity with the turn signal SW at LEFT position 6–Ground : Continuity with the turn signal SW at RIGHT position 8–Ground : Continuity with the hazard warning signal SW at ON position 7–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
C8
38
J22
A
38
R5
45 (Single Cab)
C10
38
J23
B
38
T12
37
H5
38
41 (Double Cab)
T13
37
J1
37
43 (Extra Cab)
T14
37
J15
R4
38
45 (Single Cab)
T15
37
J20
A
38
41 (Double Cab)
T16
39
J21
B
38
43 (Extra Cab)
T22
39
R5
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2K 2L 2M
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2N 2O 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IF3
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
: Splice Points Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2
50
Engine Wire
B3
52 (Double Cab)
Frame Wire
Code B3
See Page 54 (Extra Cab) 56 (Single Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
94 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
95 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Stop Light From Power Source System (See Page 60) ∗ 1 : w/ Center Stop Lamp
10A STOP
G–B
2 2F
2
S14 Stop Lamp SW
G–W
1
5 2M
G–W
5 2K
W–B
3
3
W–B
(∗1)
G–W G–W
1
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
2
W–B
W–B
Stop
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
W–B
Stop
C13 Center Stop Lamp
1 BD1
W–B
B3
(∗1)
G–W
4
2 BD1
G–W
4 G–W
G–W
B3
(∗1)
G–W
B3
(∗1)
G–W
G–W
6 BA1
W–B
(∗1)
J15 Junction Connector
W–B
8 BA1
A A
IG
W–B
J28 Junction Connector
A
IF
96 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints S14 Stop Lamp SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed : Parts Location Code
See Page 40 (Double Cab)
Code J28
42 (Extra Cab)
C13
Code
R4
38
See Page 41 (Double Cab)
41 (Double Cab)
44 (Single Cab) J15
See Page 38
R5
43 (Extra Cab)
43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab)
45 (Single Cab)
S14
39
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2F
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2M
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab) 52 (Double Cab) BD1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame No.2 Wire and Frame Wire (Under the Back Panel LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
: Splice Points Code B3
See Page 52 (Double Cab) 54 (Extra Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
Code B3
See Page 56 (Single Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
97 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Back–Up Light From Power Source System (See Page 60)
Y
2 ID1
R–Y
3 ID1
R–L
25 2S
R–L
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
27 2Q
2 A (A/T) 2 B (M/T)
10 2I
R–W
N 1(A) Neutral Start SW B 1(B) Back–Up Lamp SW 1 A (A/T) 1 B (M/T)
R–W
Y
5 BA1
R–W
5
5
Back–Up
3
3
W–B
W–B
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
W–B
W–B
Back–Up
R–L
R–L
R–W
B3
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
W–B
B3
J15 Junction Connector
W–B
8 BA1
A A
IG
W–B
J28 Junction Connector
A
IF
98 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints B1 (B) Back–Up Light SW (M/T) (B) 2–(B) 1 : Closed with the shift lever in R position N1 (A) Neutral Start SW (A/T) (A) 2–(A) 1 : Closed with the shift lever in R position : Parts Location Code B1
See Page B
J15
38
J28
38
N1
Code
36
A
See Page
Code
41 (Double Cab) R4
R5
43 (Extra Cab)
See Page 43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab)
45 (Single Cab)
37
R5
41 (Double Cab)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2I 2Q 2S
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code ID1
See Page 48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
: Splice Points Code B3
See Page 52 (Double Cab) 54 (Extra Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
Code B3
See Page 56 (Single Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
99 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Interior Light From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
1
L P 7. 5A ECU–B
7. 5A DOME
(∗2)
2
2
1
1
L
R
R
R
4 2E
8 2J
25 2Q
8 2R
I 5(B) Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp T20(A) Transponder Key Amplifier (∗6)
(∗6)
(∗5)
(∗5)
B1
(∗5) (∗6)
Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
1
2
22
16
10
15
C8 Combination Meter
Door
R8 Room Lamp
M1 Map Lamp
6 6 A B
1
OFF ON
2
DOOR
1
2 2 A B
(∗5) (∗6)
R R
(∗1)
R
R (∗2)
17
G–Y
R–B
Y
P
(∗1)
W–B
R–L R–B
26 2O 3 IA1
W–B
B B
B B
1
U1 Unlock Warning SW
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
1
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
R–B
G–Y
10 2O
2 GR
P W–B(∗1) W–B
ID
100 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
L P
1 2 3 4 5 6
: w/ Map Lamp : w/ Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp : Double Cab : Except ∗3 : w/ Engine Immobilizer System : w/o Engine Immobilizer System
(∗2)
12 2N
15
12 2L
Integration Relay
4
ILE
BECU
1 2E
18 2D
9 2D
W–B
W–B
15 2O
(∗1)
3 2E
W–B
31 2O
R–L
27 2O
P
1
R–L
GND
R–B
DCTY 16
R–L
(∗3)
R–L
(∗4)
R–L
13 IA1
J29 Junction Connector
B
R–B
(∗3)
(∗3)
R–L
1
D5 Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
1
B
D4 Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
R–L
D3 Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
1
B
(∗3)
R–L
(∗4)
R–L
B
P W–B(∗1) W–B
IE
101 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Interior Light Service Hints D2, D3, D4, D5 Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side), (Front Passenger’s Side), (Rear LH), (Rear RH) 1–Ground : Continuity with each of the door open : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8
Code
38 40 (Double Cab)
D2
D3
See Page
D4
Code
40 (Double Cab)
D5
See Page
M1
42 (Extra Cab)
40 (Double Cab)
42 (Extra Cab)
I5
B
38
44 (Single Cab)
J22
A
38
40 (Double Cab)
J23
B
38
41 (Double Cab) 43 (Extra Cab)
R8
45 (Single Cab) T20
42 (Extra Cab)
J29
38
44 (Single Cab)
M1
40 (Double Cab)
A U1
39 39
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2D 2E 2J 2L
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2N 2O 2Q 2R
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IA1
See Page 48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
: Splice Points Code
See Page
B1
52 (Double Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Roof Wire
Code B1
See Page 54 (Extra Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Roof Wire
102 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
103 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Key Reminder and Light Reminder From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
10A TAIL
7. 5A MET
7. 5A DOME
2 5 2C
OFF
R 8 2J
23 2S
25 2Q
R
8
1
8 T1
Tail Head
C10 Combination SW
B–O
Light Control SW
B1
7 2R
G
G
G–W
5
1 2D
1
C8 Combination Meter
21 Buzzer
10
16
R–B
Y
G–Y
22
26 2O
3 IA1 10 2O
B B
R–B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
G–Y
B A
1
1
B B
U1 Unlock Warning SW
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
GR
GR
W–B
2
ID
104 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline The current is applied at all times to TERMINAL 1 of the combination meter through the DOME fuse. When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current flows to TERMINAL 21 of the combination meter through the MET fuse. When the light control SW is turned to TAIL or HEAD position, current is applied to TERMINAL 8 of the combination meter through the TAIL fuse. 1. Key Reminder System When the driver door is opened with the ignition SW off and ignition key remaining in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), a signal is input from the unlock warning SW to TERMINAL 10 of the combination meter, and from the door courtesy SW (Driver’s side) to TERMINAL 16 of the combination meter. As a result, the buzzer in the combination meter goes on and warns the driver that the key is remaining in the key cylinder. 2. Light Reminder System When the light control SW is in TAIL or HEAD position, the ignition SW turned to OFF from ON position, ignition key is not in the key cylinder and the driver’s door opened (Door courtesy SW on), the current flows to TERMINAL 21 of the combination meter stops. As a result, the combination meter is activated and current flows from TERMINAL 1 of the combination meter, the buzzer in the combination meter goes on to remind the light is lighting up. Service Hints C8 Combination Meter 21–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position 16–Ground : Continuity with the driver’s door open 22–Ground : Always continuity D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side) 1–Ground : Closed with the driver’s door open U1 Unlock Warning SW 1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8
38
C10
38
D2
40 (Double Cab)
Code
See Page
D2 J22
Code
42 (Extra Cab)
J23
44 (Single Cab) A
See Page B
U1
38 39
38
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2C 2D 2J
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2O 2Q 2R 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IA1
See Page 48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: Ground Points Code ID
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
105 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Seat Belt Warning From Power Source System (See Page 60)
∗ 1 : w/ Door Lock Control System ∗ 2 : w/o Door Lock Control System 7. 5A MET
B–O
1 2D
21
Driver' s Seat Belt
C8 Combination Meter
22
Y
R–Y
11
19 IA1
(∗1)
R–Y
B A
J26 Junction Connector
B B
(∗1)
B
R–Y
(∗2)
R–Y
B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
1
W–B
F12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side)
W–B
2
A
J28 Junction Connector IF
ID
106 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the MET fuse flows to TERMINAL 21 of the combination meter. Seat Belt Warning System When the ignition SW turned on, a signal is input to the combination meter. To determine whether the driver has fastened the seat belt, a signal is input from the front seat inner belt (Driver’s side) to TERMINAL 11 of the combination meter. When the seat belt is not fastened, the driver’s seat belt warning light in the combination meter blinks. Service Hints F12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver’s Side) 1–2 : Open with the driver’s seat belt in use C8 Combination Meter 21–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 22–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8
Code
38
F12
See Page
F12
Code
See Page
44 (Single Cab)
J26
38
J28
38
40 (Double Cab)
J22
A
38
42 (Extra Cab)
J23
B
38
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2D
See Page 28
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IA1
See Page 48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
107 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ECT From Power Source System (See Page 60) L
L
3 1B
L
50A BATT P/I
A B
A B
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
W–B
C A
B
L
W–L
B
14 IF3 2 1J
1
25A EFI
L
4 1J
IF3
B
5 1J
1
W–G
1 1J
1 1H
B
W–G
W–G
B
B
12 EA1
8 A
1 A
2 B
MREL
MAIN Relay
+B
BATT
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
2
W–B
W–B
3 1J
A
A
A A
W–B
A A
W–B
J1 Junction Connector
J7 Junction Connector
W–B EB
108 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
L
L
W–B
B B
B B
4
1 B
2 B
GND
VC
DUTY
1
E2 VTA
1 A
3 B
W1 Water Temp. Sensor 2
E
J6 Junction Connector
B–W
BR
GR
B
BR
R–L
R–W
E
Y–B
2
R–W
BR
3 A
+B
BR
R–W
2 A
T 1(A), T 2(B) Throttle Body Assembly
B B
W–B
BR B A
B
BR
5
A4 Air Flow Meter
B
1
W–R
3
B A
B
E2
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
B
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
BR
∗ 1 : Shielded
24 C
31 D
32 C
28 D
4 C
29 C
28 D
19 D
18 D
VG
THA
LUSL
E2
EVG
VLU
E2
THW
VC
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
VCP2
VPA2
2
W–B
EP2
A
A
A
A
7 D
W
W–B
E01
6 D
J10 Junction Connector
L
(∗1)
Y
3
BR
EP1
3
2
E1
BR
VPA1
1
1
E02
E1 7 C
(∗1)
5
NE– 34 D
BR
VCP1
6
27 D
C4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
BR–Y
4
NE+
EPA2 29 A
GR–G
VPA2 23 A
BR–R
VCP2 27 A
BR–W
EPA 28 A
W–L
VPA 22 A
LG–R
VCPA 26 A
W–B
I1
W–B
W–B
A13 Accelerator Position Sensor
W–B W–B BR
W–B
W–B
BR W–B EC
BR
109 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ECT From Power Source System (See Page 60) L From Power Source System (See Page 60) 7. 5A ST
10A STOP
7. 5A IGN
3 2O
2 2F
G–W
B–Y
STP
L–Y
5 A
11 C
12 C
IG2
BATT
STA
NSW
CAN+ 21 A
11 2C
6 2P
24 B
SP1
THOC
25 A
24 C
BR
CAN– 20 A
V
5 2Q
SIL 23 B
P
6 2Q
WFSE
11 A
R–Y
9 2C
18 A
W
TC
P–B
SIL
19 A
R–Y
WFSE
21 B
W
CAN–
L–Y
B–Y
6 A
T17(A), T18(B), T19(C) Transmission Control ECU
P
V–R
CAN+ 22 B
V
SPD
F A
14 A STP
STA
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU
17 B
N1 Neutral Start SW
L
7 A
NSW
D B
N
B–O
6 A
P
V–R
ST1–
B
G–W
15 B
B–Y
14 B
IGSW
L–Y R–L
9 A
L
7 ID2
G–W
B–O
21 2S
4
10 2Q
1
7
13
WFSE
SIL
TC
26 2Q
V–R
15
26 2P
V–R
P–B
21 2Q
R–Y
22 2Q
W
10 2C
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
G–W
21 2R
F B
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
R–L
5 2M
F B
B–Y
1
IF3
5
D A
4
4
L–Y
S14 Stop Lamp SW
B–Y
E2 23 C
B–Y
2
1 ID2
A2 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
G–B
3
22 2R
B–O
B–O
6 2M
B–O
22 2S
19 2N
L–Y
L–Y
19 2O
2
D1 DLC3
V–R W–B
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
110 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
R–L
N1 Neutral Start SW
2
L
G–R
A A
B A
C A
C B
B B
A B
G–R
8
L
LL
3
G–Y
2L
7
G–Y
DL
1
Y
RL
3 ID1
1
27 2Q
18 2O
NSSD
2
27 2P
18 2N
AT3
Transmission Control SW
9
S11 Shift Lock Control ECU
2
G–O
1
R–Y
T7 Transmission Revolution Sensor (Output)
T6 Transmission Revolution Sensor (Input)
G–Y
C B
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
RB
SP2+
G–Y
29 C
9 B
12 A
8 B
11 A
10 A
R
3
D
2
L
SP2–
L
30 C
NCO–
G–O
R
2 C
NCO+
R–Y
P
3 C
P
G
V
3
8 A OILW
L4
1 C
15 B
2
2
W–B
T4 Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
G–W V–R
W–B
1
E1 ECT Solenoid
(4WD)
W–G (4WD)
W–B
A
A B
A A
W–B(4WD)
A A
(4WD)
C
8 ID2
W–G
S2
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
S1
B
S3
8
(4WD)
4
Y
SLT–
G
O
SLT+
7
W
6
1
J6 Junction Connector
C 2
TFN 16 B
A
J6 Junction Connector
W–B
W–L
E01
T5 Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
GR
E1
10 C
(4WD)
17 C
G–W
18 C
(4WD)
S2
16 C
G
SLT–
BR
S1
19 C
L–B
SLT+
W–B
SL
20 C
G–Y
T17(A), T18(B), T19(C) Transmission Control ECU
V–R
W–B BR
BR
W–B BR
111 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ECT From Power Source System (See Page 60) R–L
1
7. 5A MET
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
7. 5A DOME
2
25 2S
1
30 2S
R–L
R–B
R
B–O
1 2D
2 ID1
15 ID2
R–B
R–L
S3 Speed Sensor
1
8 2J
P
3
2
P–L
BR
25 2Q
22 A
V–R
P–L
6 A
Y
A/T OIL TEMP
5 A
Temp.
18 A
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter Tachometer
R 1 A
Speedometer
B–O 21 A
P
16 ID2
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
V–R
W–B
B B
BR
ID
112 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline Previous automatic transmissions have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure, governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing, squat and gear shift shock when starting off. 1. Lock–Up Operation When the transmission control ECU decides based on each signal that the lock–up condition has been met, the current flows through TERMINAL SL of the transmission control ECU to TERMINAL 7 of the ECT solenoid to GROUND, causing lock–up operation. 2. Stop Lamp SW Circuit If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop lamp SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the transmission control ECU. The transmission control ECU operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up. Service Hints T17 (A), T19 (C) Transmission Control ECU (A) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (A) 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts (C)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position (A) 14–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed (C) 1, (C) 10–Ground : Always continuity N1 Neutral Start SW 2–1 : Closed with the shift lever in R position 2–7 : Closed with the shift lever in D position 2–3 : Closed with the shift lever in 2 position 2–8 : Closed with the shift lever in L position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A2
36
J4
A
38
S14
39
A4
36
J5
B
38
T1
37
A13
38
38
T2
37
C4
36
J7
A
38
T4
37
J8
B
38
T5
37
38
T6
37
T7
37
C8
A
38
C9
B
38
D1 E1
J6
J10
38
J11
A
38
36
J12
B
38
T17
A
39
E5
A
38
J22
A
38
T18
B
39
E6
B
38
J23
B
38
T19
C
39
E7
C
38
N1
37
E8
D
38
S3
37
37
S11
39
J1
W1
37
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
113 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ECT : Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1B 1H 1J 2C 2D
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
24 28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2F 2J 2M 2N 2O 2P 2Q 2R 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code EA1 ID1 ID2 IF3
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
: Splice Points Code E1 E2
See Page 46
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
Code I1
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
114 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
115 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ABS From Power Source System (See Page 60)
8 2L
4 2K
10A STOP
2 1C
2 1B
2 2F
R–L
(4WD)
G–B
1 2D
30A ABS NO. 2
40A ABS NO. 1
10A ECU–IG& GAUGE
7. 5A MET
2
S14 Stop Lamp SW 10 IG1
5 2M
1
22
1
+BM
+BS
G–W
23
EXI2
G–W
S2 Skid Control ECU with Actuator
10 STP
ABS
Brake
IG1
W–R
25
R
21
V
B
C8 Combination Meter
(4WD)
B–O
5 2L
R–B
LG
1
1
B3 Brake Vacuum Warning SW
P2 Parking Brake SW 2
8
(4WD)
A3 ADD Acutuator
A B
ADD
F14 4WD Control ECU
(4WD)
LG
1
4
A A
A A
W–B W–B
W–B
LG
R–B 1 2L
B2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
1 2K
3
D
(4WD)
W–B
W–B
17 2S
1 2M
R–B
D
J 8(A), J 9(B) Junction Connector
1 2S
D
W–B
L–O
D B
5 EA1
EA
(4WD)
IF2
EXI 17
(4WD)
GND2 24
J6 Junction Connector
I A 3
GND1 2
R–B
R–G
R–G
LG
PKB 18
(4WD)
WA 13
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
38
L–O
36
(4WD)
EC
116 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
D1 DLC3
S22 Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
2
S21 Speed Sensor (Rear LH)
2
L
2 BA2
1 BA2
R
R
W G
6 BA2
G
L
L
Y 7 BA2
3 IG1
4 IG1
1 IG1
2 IG1
L–W
O
31
30
FL–
FR+
FR–
R
G
8
FL+
G
R
9
L
P–L
16 TC
3 BE1
P
L–Y
14 D/G
4 BE1
2
15 TS
1 BE1
L
FR–
2
2 BE1
P
FL–
S5 Speed Sensor (Front RH)
5 2J
IF2
W
7
B
6 2J
S4 Speed Sensor (Front LH)
P–B 21 2Q
1 FR+
B
R–Y 22 2Q
1 FL+
W
TC 13
W
SIL 7
W
TS 12
1
W
1
11
12
33
34
RL+
RL–
RR+
RR–
+BS VGS
GL1
M–
M+
SFRR
SFRH
SFLR
SFLH
SRRR
SRRH
4
R
W
(4WD)
28
B
(∗3)
(4WD)
G–W
7
(4WD)
GGND
3
(4WD)
EXI4
M
6 EA1 7 IG1
5 IG1
(∗1)
(∗3)
R
(4WD)
W
(4WD)
(4WD)
(∗3)
(4WD)
B2
BR
2 GGND
3
1
VGS
GL1
W–B
∗ 1 : Extra Cab, Single Cab ∗ 2 : Double Cab ∗ 3 : Shielded
(∗1)
(∗2)
(∗3)
T4 Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
1
(∗3)
S2 Skid Control ECU with Actuator (∗2)
G–W
C
(∗1) B
J6 Junction Connector
C
2
8 IG1
(4WD)
G–W
6 IG1
A
J28 Junction Connector
(4WD)
A17 ABS Deceleration Sensor
IF
117 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
ABS System Outline This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front wheel, and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved directional stability and steerability during panic braking. 1. Input Signal (1) Speed sensor signal The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ and RR+ of the skid control ECU with actuator. (2) Stop lamp SW signal A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the skid control ECU with actuator when the brake pedal is depressed. 2. System Operation During sudden braking, the skid control ECU with actuator which has signals input from each sensor lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The pump inside the skid control ECU with actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder, thus preventing locking of vehicle wheels. If the skid control ECU with actuator judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current acting on the solenoid is controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by the ECU, by the same method as above, by repeated pressure reduction. Holding and increase are repeated to maintain vehicle stability and to improve steerability during sudden braking. Service Hints S4, S5 Speed Sensor (Front LH), (Front RH) 1–2 : 0.9–1.3 kΩ (25°C, 77°F) S2 Skid Control ECU with Actuator 25–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the stop lamp SW on (Brake pedal depressed) 2, 24–Ground : Always continuity 1, 23–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts S14 Stop Lamp SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed : Parts Location Code
See Page
A3
Code
36
J4
40 (Double Cab)
J5
42 (Extra Cab)
A17
See Page
Code
See Page
A
38
S5
37
B
38
S14
39
J6
38
44 (Single Cab)
J8
A
38
B2
36
J9
B3
36
J28
B
38 38
C8
38
P2
39
D1
38
S2
37
F14
39
S4
37
41 (Double Cab) S21
43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab) 41 (Double Cab)
S22
43 (Extra Cab) 45 (Single Cab)
T4
37
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1B 1C 2D 2F 2J 2K 2L 2M 2Q 2S
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
118 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
IF2
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
IG1
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Floor Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
52 (Double Cab) BA2
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab) 52 (Double Cab) BE1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Skid Control Sensor Wire (Rear of the Rear Differential)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
: Splice Points Code B2
See Page 54 (Extra Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
Code B2
See Page 56 (Single Cab)
Wire Harness with Splice Points Frame Wire
119 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
120 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
SRS NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform service in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure, and precautions in the Repair Manual applicable for the model year. D Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery. D Work must be started more than 90 seconds after the ignition SW is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may deploy.) D When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be cleared. So before starting work, make a record of the contents in the audio memory system. When work is finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. Some vehicles have power tilt steering, power telescopic steering, power seat and power outside rear view mirror which are all equipped with memory function. However, it is not possible to make a record of these memory contents. So when the work is finished, it will be necessary to explain it to your customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasing the memory in each system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle. D Before repair, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repair. D Do not expose the following parts directly to hot air or flame; D Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the following parts should be inspected; D Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace with new parts. D For the purpose of reuse, never disassemble and repair the following parts. D If the following parts have been dropped, or have cracks, dents and other defects in their case, bracket, and connector, replace with new one. D Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting electrical circuits of the system. D Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions of the notice. D After work on the SRS is completed, check the SRS warning light. D If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair Manual.
∗ Steering wheel pad ∗ Center airbag sensor assembly ∗ Front airbag sensor assembly
121 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
SRS From Power Source System (See Page 60)
7. 5A MET
7. 5A IGN
1 2D
8 2B
A5 Airbag Sensor (Front LH) D1 DLC3
B–O
C8 Combination Meter
IF1
2
IF1
1
IF1
IG2
BR–W
B–W
21
TC
W–R
15
BR
B–Y
16 SIL
3
2
4 2B
P–B
Y
7 2B
W
20
IF1
+SR
1
W–R
21 2Q
–SR
2
BR
22 2Q
4
22
+SL
1
B–W
–SL
BR–W
TC 13
B–O
B–Y
SRS
SIL 7
P–B
A/B 11
R–Y
21
A6 Airbag Sensor (Front RH)
28
30
27
29
–SL
+SL
–SR
+SR
A14 Airbag Sensor Assembly Center
W–B
2
1 2B
2 2B
18 2D
9 2D
W–B
1
W–B
Y
3 2B
E2 26
W–B
Y–B
5 2O
E1 25
W–B
21 2O
D– 6
B–Y
B B
D+ 5
B–Y
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
LA 14
Spiral Cable
A15 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)
W–B
ID
IE
122 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline The SRS is a driver protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts. When the ignition SW is turned to ON, the current from the ignition SW flows to TERMINAL 21 of the airbag sensor assembly center. If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the ignition SW flows to TERMINAL 5 of the airbag sensor assembly center to the airbag squibs TERMINAL 6 of the airbag sensor assembly center to TERMINAL 25, 26 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the airbag squibs and causes them to operate. The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver. : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A5
36
A15
38
J22
A
38
A6
36
C8
38
J23
B
38
A14
38
D1
38
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2B 2D 2O 2Q
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH) 29
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IF1
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
123 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
2
8 ID2
17
3
6 EA1
C
C
16
15
(A/T, ∗1)
4WD GND
2 6 5
1 2 6 5 W–G
A
(A/T)
1
TFN
L4 A B A B A B
A A
A A
A A
C
J6 Junction Connector
7
(A/T)
13 2
1
N1 Neutral Start SW
R–L
(A/T)
R–L
G–B
(A/T)
5 ID2
T5 Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
17 ID2
W–G
DL2
G–B
12
(A/T)
B–O
(A/T)
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
GND
12 ID2
(A/T)
31
W–B
IG
A/T P
21
W–B
4
4WD
1 2D
(A/T)
D
W–G
6
R–B
2
T3 Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position)
F14 4WD Control ECU W–R
B–Y
7. 5A MET
W–B
R–B
C8 Combination Meter
B
(A/T, ∗1)
5 EA1
A3 ADD Actuator B
40A AM1
T4 Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
ADD (A/T)
12 ID1
W–B
3
J18 Junction Connector
W–B
EXI4 M
W–G
B–Y
B–R
IG1 1
W–B
D DL1
J6 Junction Connector
D DM2
(A/T)
DM1
W–G
DL2
1
R–W
10
(A/T)
DL1
3
R–Y
1
G–W
DM2
4
R
B–Y
2 2A
(∗1)
DM1
8
Y
A
ADD
R–B
B
T18 Transmission Control ECU
EXI
R–B
(∗1)
R–B
I6 Ignition SW
G–W
Battery
(∗1)
R–B
100A ALT
(∗1)
G–W
J6 Junction Connector
B
4 AM1
(∗1)
G–W
S2 Skid Control ECU with Actuator
W
4WD From Power Source System (See Page 60)
ACC ∗ 1 : w/ ABS
10A GAUGE&ECU–IG
25 2S
2 ID1
W–G (A/T)
1 2G IND1
1 1F A
W–B 2
1 1A
2
G–W
1
EC
124
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline Driving mode is switched to H2 or H4 or L4 when the driver operates the transfer shift lever. Transfer indicator SW (4WD position) is turned on when the transfer shift lever is shifted in 4WD (H4 or L4). 1. 2-4 Select System (1) Shifting from H4 to H2 When the transfer shift lever is changed from H4 to H2 position, transfer indicator SW (4WD position) detects OFF signal to activate the ADD motor, which results in changing the transfer to 2WD (H2 position). At this time, the transfer indicator SW (4WD position) are off. (2) Shifting from H2 to H4 When the transfer shift lever is changed from H2 to H4 position, transfer indicator SW (4WD position) detects ON signal to activate the ADD motor, which results in changing the transfer to 4WD (H4 position) to light up 4WD indicator. (3) Shifting from H4 to L4 When the transfer shift lever is changed from H4 to L4 position, the shift fork shaft moves to change the transfer to 4WD (L4 position), which results in turning ON transfer indicator SW (L4 position). ADD motor does not operate since it is only the lever operation. (4) Shifting from L4 to H4 When the transfer shift lever is changed from L4 to H4 position, the shift fork shaft moves. When transfer indicator SW (L4 position) is turned OFF, the transfer changes to 4WD (H4 position). ADD motor does not operate since it is only the lever operation. 2. Other Control When abnormality is found in the 4WD system, the driver is warned by 4WD indicator light’s flashing. Service Hints F14 4WD Control ECU 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 5–Ground : Always continuity T3 Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position) 2–1 : Closed with the transfer shift lever at H4 position T4 Transnfer Indicator SW (L4 Position) 2–1 : Closed with the transfer shift lever at L4 position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
A3
36
J7 J8
See Page
Code
See Page
A
38
T3
37
B
C8
38
38
T4
37
F14
39
J18
38
T5
37
I6
38
N1
37
T18
39
J6
38
S2
37
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1A
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2G
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2S
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
1F 2A 2D
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code EA1 ID1 ID2
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
125 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
4WD : Ground Points Code EC
See Page 46
Ground Points Location Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
126 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
127 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Shift Lock From Power Source System (See Page 60)
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
10A STOP
8 2N
2 2F
G–B
4 2S
7. 5A ACC
2
S14 Stop Lamp SW
B
GR
G–W
1
5 2M
G–Y
5 2S
S11 Shift Lock Control ECU
1 IG
6
7
ACC
STP
KLS+
E
SLS–
SLS+
8
Y
L–W
12
1
K1 Key Interlock Solenoid
Y
2
Shift Lock Solenoid A
J23 Junction Connector
J21 Junction Connector
IE
W–B
A
W–B
A
A
ID
128 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the ACC fuse flows to TERMINAL 6 of the shift lock control ECU. When the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current from the ECU–IG&GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock control ECU. 1. Shift Lock Mechanism If the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON (The stop lamp SW is on), the shift lock control ECU is activated, allowing the driver to change the shift lever to a position other than the P position. 2. Key Interlock Mechanism With the ignition SW at ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position, the current flowing from TERMINAL 12 of the shift lock control ECU to key interlock solenoid is cut off. This causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned from ACC to LOCK position. Service Hints S11 Shift Lock Control ECU 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed 8–Ground : Always continuity S14 Stop Lamp SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
J21
38
K1
39
J23
38
S11
39
Code S14
See Page 39
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2F 2M 2N 2S
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
129 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Door Lock Control ∗ 1 : Double Cab ∗ 2 : Extra Cab
Integration Relay
L1 14
4 2A
UL1 11
4 2D
ACT+
ACT–
3
2
28 2R
27 2R L
F B
D B
L
L–W
L
L–Y
R–Y
5
4
1
8
Motor
D6 Door Lock Assembly (Driver' s Side)
D9 Door Lock Assembly (Rear RH) A W–B
J28 Junction Connector
II1
W–B
4
4
W–B
Motor
Key Unlock
Key Lock
1
W–B
P 4(A), (B) Power Window Master SW
Lock 3 A (∗1) 10 B (∗2)
6
2
Door Lock Control SW
L–W 8 A (∗1) 4 B (∗2)
Unlock
L
1
5 A 3 B
(∗1)
L B B
L
H B
(∗1)
B A
(∗1)
F A
4 BC1
R–Y
F A
(∗1)
L–Y
L–Y D A
L–Y
L–W
L D A
5 BC1
L–Y
G B
F A
F12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side)
H B
G A
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
G B
J24(A), J25(B) Junction Connector
L
F A
8 IH1
(∗1)
L–W
G A
3 IH1
L
L
L
L–W
A
IF
130 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
1
25A DOOR
7. 5A ECU–B
2
2
L
4 2H
12 2L
4
ALTB
LG
5
13 2S
L–Y
Integration Relay
1
LG
3
BECU
GND
DCTY
1
16
7 IH1
27 2O 11 2K
10 2K
18 2D
R–B
9 2D
L
LG
L–W
26
25
E A
E A
4
14
+B1
L2
+B2
T16 Theft Warning ECU
(∗1)
R–Y
D A
L–Y
R
D A
(∗1)
L
UL3
R–L
R
(∗1)
(∗1)
R–Y
5 BB1
4 BB1 15 2O
14 2N
13 IA1
W–B
W–B
L
(∗1)
(∗1)
L–Y
R–L
D B
R–Y
E B
R
J13(A), J14(B) Junction Connector
CTY 7
J29 Junction Connector
(∗2)
ID
1
B
1
(∗1)
R–L
D3 Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
1
D8 Door Lock Assembly (Rear LH)
B
(∗1)
R–L
B
D5 Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
Motor
Motor
R–L
B
D7 Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger' s Side)
R–L
4
R–L
1
(∗1)
1
D4 Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
4
(∗1)
R–L
31 2O
R–L
IE
131 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Door Lock Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A DOME
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
7. 5A MET
2
1
30 2S
R–B
R
B–O
1 2D
8 2J
25 2Q
V–R
R
26 2Q
6
1
4 2P
C8 Combination Meter
21
V–R
Speedometer
R–B
17 SPD
T16 Theft Warning ECU KSW
E
5
17
R–L
R–B
16
R–B
15
5
P–L
R–B
16 ID2
15 ID2
P–L
R–B
G–Y
W–B
22
Y
1
3
1
10 2N 3 IA1
B B
2
S3 Speed Sensor
W–B
B B
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B A
W–B
GR
2
U1 Unlock Warning SW
1
1
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
G–Y
R–B
10 2O
R–L
ID
EC
132 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline 1. Manual Lock Operation When the door lock control SW or driver’s side door key lock and unlock SW (When driver’s seat belt is unfastened) are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to TERMINAL 14 of the integration relay and causes the integration relay to function. The current flows from TERMINAL 5 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 3 to the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and the door lock motors locks the door. 2. Manual Unlock Operation When the door lock control SW or driver’s side door key lock and unlock SW (When driver’s seat belt is unfastened) are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input to TERMINAL 11 of the integration relay and causes the integration relay to function. The current flows from TERMINAL 5 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 2 to the door lock motors to TERMINAL 3 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and the door lock motors unlocks the door. 3. Speed–Sensitive Automatic Door Lock Under the precondition that one of the doors is opened with the ignition SW OFF, the theft warning ECU outputs lock signal to the integration relay and the relay sends the lock signal to all the door lock motors when all the flowing conditions are satisfied. ∗ All the door are shut. ∗ The unlock warning SW is ON besides the ignition SW is ON. ∗ The vehicle speed reaches about 25km/h. 4. Ignition SW Linked Automatic Door Unlock Under the precondition that the unlock warning SW is ON as well as the ignition SW is ON after door locked by the speed–sensitive automatic door lock, the theft warning ECU outputs unlock signal to the integration relay and the relay sends the unlock signal to all the door lock motor when all the flowing conditions are satisfied. ∗ The unlock warning SW is ON. ∗ The ignition SW is OFF. Service Hints Integration Relay 1–Ground : Always continuity 4, 5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 14–Ground : Continuity with the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW (When driver’s seat belt is unfastened) locked 11–Ground : Continuity with the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW (When driver’s seat belt is unfastened) unlocked D6 Door Lock Assembly (Driver’s Side) 5–8 : Continuity with the door lock cylinder unlocked with the key 6–8 : Continuity with the door lock cylinder locked with the key : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8
Code
See Page
38 40 (Double Cab)
D7
42 (Extra Cab)
D2
See Page
J24
A
38
42 (Extra Cab)
J25
B
38
44 (Single Cab)
J26
A
38
J27
B
38
44 (Single Cab)
D8
40 (Double Cab)
40 (Double Cab)
D9
40 (Double Cab)
J28
38
40 (Double Cab)
J29
38
42 (Extra Cab)
D3
Code
40 (Double Cab)
44 (Single Cab)
42 (Extra Cab)
F12
40 (Double Cab)
D5
40 (Double Cab)
J13
A
38
40 (Double Cab)
J14
B
38
S3
37
42 (Extra Cab)
J22
A
38
T16
39
44 (Single Cab)
J23
B
38
U1
39
D6
44 (Single Cab)
40 (Double Cab)
D4
P4
42 (Extra Cab) 44 (Single Cab)
: Relay Blocks Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
35
R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
133 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Door Lock Control : Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2A
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2H
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2D 2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2L
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2N 2O 2P 2Q 2R 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
II1
50
Front Door RH Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BB1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar LH)
BC1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar RH)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
134 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
135 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Wireless Door Lock Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
25A DOOR
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
2 3
16 2S
LG
R–L
T22 Turn Signal Flasher
L–Y
EHW
G–O
LG
8
25 2O
7 IH1
L–Y
14
4
+B2
CTY
5
7
10 2N
14 2N
+B1
L2 25
UL3 26
R–L L–W 31 2O
R–L
B–W
KSW
R–L
1
G–Y
E
SH–
B
18 IG
HAZD
13
LG
T16 Theft Warning ECU
28
R–L
G–O
9 2N
13 IF3
L
15
R–B
C8 Combination Meter 16
R–B
(∗1)
R–L
B
(∗1)
R–L
B
R–B 3 IA1
(∗2)
R–L
GR
B–W
2
B
(∗1)
R–L
B
(∗1)
13 IA1
J29 Junction Connector
R–L
R–L
1
U1 Unlock Warning SW
15 2O
G–Y
1
1
1
R–B
1
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
B B
D5 Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
W–B
B B
D4 Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B A
D3 Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
1
S1 Security Horn
B
17 10 2O
ID
136 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A ECU–B
2 ∗ 1 : Double Cab ∗ 2 : Extra Cab
1 LG
L
L–Y
12 2L
13 2S
5
DCTY
ACT+
ACT–
16
3
2
28 2R
27 2R
L
4 2A 27 2O
F
G
10 2K
11 2K
R(∗1)
L–Y
L1 14
L–W
R–Y (∗1)
3 IH1
8 IH1 L–Y
L–W
E A
E B
D B
4
1
(∗1)
R–Y
E A
J13(A), J14(B) Junction Connector
L–Y
R
(∗1)
D A
R–Y
1
D A 4 BC1
L
L–Y
4
5 BC1
(∗1)
D B
F A
L–Y
F B
L
F A
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
L
L
L
D A
L–Y
L
D A
(∗1)
L
(∗1)
R
G
(∗1)
F
(∗1)
J24 Junction Connector
4 2D
BECU
R–B
UL1 11
Integration Relay
4
ALTB
L
4 2H
D6 Door Lock Assembly (Driver' s Side)
4
D9 Door Lock Assembly (Rear RH)
Motor
1
Motor
Motor
R–B
D7 Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger' s Side)
137 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Wireless Door Lock Control From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1 ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
1 2 3 4
: Double Cab : w/ Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp : w/ Engine Immobilizer System : w/o Engine Immobilizer System
7. 5A DOME
2
R
(∗2)
1
8 2J Integration Relay
P
GND
ILE
(∗2)
8 2R
15
1
2 A (∗3) 2 B (∗4) (∗4)
R(∗1)
(∗3)
R–Y
R
6 A (∗3) 6 B (∗4)
(∗1)
(∗1)
R–Y
(∗1)
(∗4)
I 5(B) Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp T20(A) Transponder Key Amplifier
12 2N
Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
9 2D
(∗3)
18 2D
P
W–B
W–B
L
4
Motor
1
(∗1)
4 BB1
(∗1)
5 BB1
L–Y
(∗2)
D8 Door Lock Assembly (Rear LH) ID
IE
138 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter. 1. Normal Operation ∗ Lock operation When the lock button on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked. ∗ Unlock operation When the unlock button on the transmitter is pressed, all the doors are locked. 2. Visual Confirmation of Lock or Unlock If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, security horn sound and hazard lights will sound and flash once. If any door indicates that it is open after the unlock command, theft deterrent horn sound and hazard lights will sound and flash twice. 3. Automatic Lock Operation All the doors are automatically relocked unless any door is opened within 15 seconds after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors under conditions that the ignition key is not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off), ignition SW is at OFF and all the doors are completely closed. 4. Illuminated Entry Function When pushing the unlock button (Transmitter), it turns on the lights, such as the ignition key cylinder lamp for approx. 30 seconds. If the doors are locked with lock button (Transmitter) during this operation and ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW ON) to turn ON the ignition SW, lighting is cancelled and the lights immediately fade out. 5. Panic Alarm Operation When the panic button on the transmitter is pushed, alarm sound and flash starts. The panic alarm operation is canceled when one of the lock button, unlock button and panic alarm button is pressed. 6. Door Ajar Warning (By Pushing Wireless Lock Button) Half–shut door is warned with security horn sound (For 1 second) by pushing the lock button (Transmitter) when one of the doors is not completely shut. Service Hints D2, D3, D4, D5 Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side), (Front Passenger’s Side), (Rear LH), (Rear RH) 1–Ground : Continuity with each of the door open T16 Theft Warning ECU 4, 14–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 1–Ground : Always continuity 18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position U1 Unlock Warning SW 2–1 : Closed with the ignition key in the cylinder : Parts Location Code C8
See Page
Code
38
See Page
D6
40 (Double Cab) D2
42 (Extra Cab)
D7
44 (Single Cab) D3
Code
44 (Single Cab)
See Page
J24
38
40 (Double Cab)
J26
A
38
42 (Extra Cab)
J27
B
38
44 (Single Cab)
J29
38 37
40 (Double Cab)
D8
40 (Double Cab)
S1
42 (Extra Cab)
D9
40 (Double Cab)
T16
I5
B
38
D4
40 (Double Cab)
J13
A
38
T22
39
D5
40 (Double Cab)
J14
B
38
U1
39
40 (Double Cab)
J22
A
38
42 (Extra Cab)
J23
B
38
D6
T20
39
44 (Single Cab)
A
39
139 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Wireless Door Lock Control : Relay Blocks Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
35
R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2A
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2H
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2D 2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2L
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2N 2O 2R 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF3
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BB1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar LH)
BC1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar RH)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
140 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
141 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Theft Deterrent From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A ST
1
25A DOOR
1
7. 5A ECU–B
2
10A HORN
2
2
3 2O 3
1 HORN Relay
L
(A/T)
B
(M/T)
5
1
7 IH1
1
H4 Horn (Low)
H3 Horn (High)
16 2N
14
4
16 2O
W–R
L–Y
D
LG
J11 Junction Connector
13 2S
B–Y
W–R
4 EA1
D 1
+B2
T16 Theft Warning ECU
11 HORN
+B1
2
15 IF3
G
F
G
F
S1 Security Horn
1
L–W
1
L
B
W–B
1
4 2A
4 2D
E3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
J24 Junction Connector
26
L–W
IF3
25
L
B 13
1
UL3
9
G–R
1
L2
DSWH
13
W–B
3
SH–
12
G–R
SRLY ST Relay
L
IF3
W–R
B–Y
(A/T)
B–Y
5
12
12 2L
(A/T)
1
W–R
N
7 1I
B
L–Y
N1 Neutral Start SW
1 ID2
L–Y
8 1I
P
L
B
LG
L–Y
4
10 IF3 2 W–B
W–B
14
J1 Junction Connector
A
L1
11 UL1
Integration Relay
W–B
A
EB
142 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
30 2S
R–B
T22 Turn Signal Flasher
16 2S
R–L
∗ 1 : Double Cab ∗ 2 : Extra Cab
EHW
G–O
8
R–B 25 2O
G–O
9 2N
T16 Theft Warning ECU
28
18
KSW 5
1
SPD
IND
17
27
V–R
E
G–R
R–L
CTY 7
B–W
IG
G–Y
HAZD
10 2N
2 2C
4 2P
10 2O
4 2C
26 2Q
1
U1 Unlock Warning SW
(∗1)
R–L
B
(∗1)
R–L
B
(∗1)
(∗1)
R–L
13 IA1
R–L
B
B
2
S10 Security Indicator Lamp
R–L
R–L
G–Y
J29 Junction Connector
15 2O
31 2O
G–R
14 2N
(∗2)
Y
1
W–B
GR
B A
B B
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B A
B B
W–B
1
D5 Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
1
D4 Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
1
D3 Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
R–L
2
V–R
R–L ID
143 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Theft Deterrent From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A DOME
7. 5A MET
2
1 2D
R
1
B–O
8 2J
25 2Q
21
6
22
Y
C8 Combination Meter
Speedometer
1
V–R
R
R–B
P–L
R–B
3 IA1
16 ID2
15 ID2
P–L
R–B
5
R–B
16
3
1
R–B
R–L
17
1
Y
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
V–R
S3 Speed Sensor
BR
2
R–L EC
144 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints D2, D3, D4, D5 Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side), (Front Passenger’s Side), (Rear LH), (Rear RH) 1–Ground : Continuity with each of the door open E3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 1–2 : Open with the engine hood open T16 Theft Warning ECU 9–Ground : Continuity with the engine hood close 4, 14–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 1–Ground : Always continuity 18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position : Parts Location Code
See Page
C8 D2
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
38
E3
36
J29
38
40 (Double Cab)
H3
36
N1
37
42 (Extra Cab)
H4
36
S1
37
44 (Single Cab)
J1
37
S3
37
40 (Double Cab)
J11
38
S10
39
42 (Extra Cab)
J22
A
38
T16
39
44 (Single Cab)
J23
B
38
T22
39
D4
40 (Double Cab)
J24
A
38
U1
39
D5
40 (Double Cab)
J25
B
38
D3
: Relay Blocks Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
35
R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1I
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2A 2C 2D 2J 2L 2N 2O 2P 2Q 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
IA1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IF3
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
145 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Theft Deterrent : Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
146 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
147 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Power Window From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
P 4(A), (B) Power Window Master SW 30A PWR
2 E
B
3 A 10 B
6 A 9 B
4 A 2 B
L
B
L–R
2
1
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
W–B
L
3 DU
DD 9 A (∗1) 5 B (∗2)
C B
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector
L
A A
(∗1)
L
A A
M
C B
P6 Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH)
A A
A A
L
L
L (∗1) L
L
A A
A A
(∗1)
L
(∗1)
J13(A), J14(B) Junction Connector
L
W–B
C B
4
II1
W–B
L
A
J28 Junction Connector
∗ 1 : Double Cab ∗ 2 : Extra Cab
IF
148 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P 4(A), (B) Power Window Master SW
(∗1)
(∗1)
G–B 5
II1
G–B
R–B
(∗1)
II1
R–B
6
(∗1)
R–B
(∗1)
G–Y
(∗1)
II1
G–Y
1
RRD 15 A (∗1)
(∗1)
RRU 16 A
(∗1)
(∗1) (∗1)
II1
R–Y
2
RLD 12 A
(∗1)
II1
G–W
3
R–Y
G–W
R–L II1
R–L
10
RLU 18 A
G–Y
PD 13 A 1 B (∗2)
R–Y
PU 10 A 8 B
L
1
M
P7 Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear LH)
G–B
(∗1) (∗1)
G–B
5
2
(∗1)
2
P11 Power Window SW (Rear RH)
Up
Down
(∗1)
R–B
(∗1)
L
P10 Power Window SW (Rear LH)
4
L–R
2
(∗1)
L
5
1
(∗1)
1
7 BC1
R
R
2
P5 Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH)
(∗1) Down
2
6 BC1
3
(∗1)
5
M
(∗1)
G–B
2 L
8 BC1
4
L–R
Down
1
L–R
P9 Power Window SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
3
R
Up
7 BB1
Up
4
3
6 BB1
(∗1)
1
L
8 BB1
L
4 IC1
(∗1)
3 IC1
G–W
L (∗1)
R–L
L (∗1)
R–B
(∗1)
1
M
P8 Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear RH)
149 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Power Window System Outline 1. Manual Down or Up Operation When the power window master SW is pushed one step, the motor rotates to open the window. When the power window master SW is pulled up one step, the motor rotates in the opposite direction, to close the window. All the other windows can be opened/closed as well, by the operation of the power window master SW or respective power window SW. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the passenger’s window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the passenger’s window is attempted, the current from TERMINAL E of the power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the passenger’s window can not be operated and window lock occurs. 2. Auto Down Operation (Driver’s Window) When the power window master SW is pushed two steps, the motor rotates to open the window automatically. 3. Stopping of Auto Down Operation (Driver’s Window) Auto operation can be stopped in mid–course with switching power window master SW one step upward during the down operation. Service Hints P4 (A), (B) Power Window Master SW B–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position E–Ground : Always continuity DU–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window) at UP or AUTO UP position DD–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window) at DOWN or AUTO DOWN position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
J14
B
38
J16
A
38
J17
B
38
44 (Single Cab)
J26
A
38
40 (Double Cab)
P10
40 (Double Cab)
J27
B
38
42 (Extra Cab)
P11
40 (Double Cab)
P8
40 (Double Cab) P5
P6
38 A
42 (Extra Cab)
See Page
38
J28
B
Code
A
P4
P4
See Page
J13
40 (Double Cab) 40 (Double Cab)
42 (Extra Cab)
P9
42 (Extra Cab) 44 (Single Cab)
44 (Single Cab)
40 (Double Cab)
P7
40 (Double Cab)
: Relay Blocks Code 3
See Page 35
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC1
48
Front Door LH Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1
50
Front Door RH Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BB1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar LH)
BC1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar RH)
: Ground Points Code IF
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Cowl Side Panel RH
150 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
151 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Front Wiper and Washer From Power Source System (See Page 60)
∗ 1 : w/ INT Time SW ∗ 2 : w/o INT Time SW
26 2S
9 2M
L–W
9 2L
L–W
20A WIP
L–W
C11(A), C12(B) Combination SW
EW
1
W2 Windshield Washer Motor
M
W
2
EW 2 A
W–B
+B 3 B
L–W
+S
+S 4 B
W–G
+2
+2 1 B
L–Y
+1 2 B
L–B
Off
B–R
On
W 1 A
+1
Wiper Relay
B–R
INT2
B1
Front Washer SW
13 IF2
(∗2)
INT1
(∗1)
(∗1)
4
IF2
L–W
IF2
W–G
6
L–Y
Front Wiper SW
IF2
L–B
HI
LO
INT
OFF
MIST
+B
5
5
3
1
2
W3 Windshield Wiper Motor
4
W–B
W–B
M
IE
EA
152 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
System Outline With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 1 of the windshield washer motor and TERMINAL 2 of the windshield wiper motor through the WIP fuse. 1. Low Speed Position With the front wiper SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (B) 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the windshield wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the windshield wiper motor to run at low speed. 2. High Speed Position With the front wiper SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (B) 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the windshield wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the windshield wiper motor to run at high speed. 3. INT Position With the front wiper SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (A) 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (B) 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the windshield wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and the wiper operates. The intermittent operation is controlled by the charge/discharge function of the condenser installed in the relay, and the intermittent time is controlled by a time control SW to change the charging time of the condenser (w/ INT time SW). Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the relay (w/o INT time SW). 4. Mist Position With the front wiper SW turned to MIST position, the current flows from TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (B) 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the windshield wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the windshield wiper motor to run at low speed. 5. Washer Interlocking Operation With the washer SW pulled to ON position, the current flows from the WIP fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the windshield washer motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 1 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (A) 2 to GROUND and causes the windshield washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the WIP fuse to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL (B) 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the windshield wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function. Service Hints C11 (A), C12 (B) Combination SW (A) 2–Ground : Always continuity (B) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (B) 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the front wiper SW at LO or MIST position Approx. 12 volts intermittently with the ignition SW on and the front wiper SW at INT position (B) 4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the windshield wiper motor at STOP position (B) 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the front wiper SW at HI position W3 Windshield Wiper Motor 2–1 : Closed unless the windshield wiper motor at STOP position : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
C11
A
38
W2
37
C12
B
38
W3
37
Code
See Page
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2L 2M 2S
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IF2
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
153 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Front Wiper and Washer : Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
154 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
155 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Horn From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
10A HORN
2
7 1I
8 1I
W–R
B
HORN Relay
B 12
IF3
H4 Horn (Low)
1
H3 Horn (High)
W–R
1
16 2N
W–R
32 2O
Horn SW
8
S13 Spiral Cable
156 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints H3, H4 Horn (High), (Low) 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the horn SW on : Parts Location Code
See Page
H3
36
Code H4
See Page
Code
36
S13
See Page 39
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1I 2N 2O
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IF3
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
157 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Cigarette Lighter From Power Source System (See Page 60)
15A CIG
B
1 2C
2
C5 Cigarette Lighter
BR
1
A
J23 Junction Connector
W–B
A
IE
158 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints C5 Cigarette Lighter 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 1–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
C5
38
Code J23
See Page
Code
See Page
38
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2C
See Page 28
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points Code IE
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
159 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Power Outlet From Power Source System (See Page 60)
15A PWR OUT
5
7. 5A ACC
2 PWR OUT Relay 1
9 2D
P
W–B
23 2P
18 2D
W–B
3
1
P3 Power Point Socket
W–B
2
A A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
W–B
IE
W–B
W–B
A B
ID
160 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints P3 Power Point Socket 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 2–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code J22
See Page A
38
Code J23
See Page B
Code
38
P3
See Page 39
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
2D
28
2P
29
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
161 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Clock From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
10A TAIL
7. 5A DOME
7. 5A ACC
2
8 2J
7 2S
25 2P
V
7 2R
23 2N
T1
Tail
G
Light Control SW
R
8
G
G
5 B1 OFF
1
G–W
5 2C
Head
C10 Combination SW
12 2Q
G
R
8 2P
3
1
ILL(+)
B(+)
4 ACC(+)
EARTH(–)
C7 Clock
W–B
2
A A
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
W–B
A B
ID
162 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints C7 Clock 4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position 2–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
C7
38
J20
A
38
C10
38
J21
B
38
Code
See Page
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2C
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2N 2P 2Q 2R 2S
: Ground Points Code ID
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
163 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Rear Window Defogger From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
20A DEF
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
2 3
R–L
4 2R
R–L
8 2K
B–Y
D A
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector E B
R–L
3
5
3
1 DEF Relay
3
2 3
3
B
R–L
12 IH1
4
5
D
IG
R–L
E A
R–L
J16(A) Junction Connector
B
E A
1 A
R 6(A), R 7(B) Rear Window Defogger
E
R3 Rear Window Defogger SW
3
BR
1 B
B
A A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
A
J15 Junction Connector IG
W–B
A B
IE
164 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints DEF Relay 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and the rear window defogger SW at ON position : Parts Location Code
See Page
J15
38
J16
A
38
J17
B
38
J22
A
38
Code J23
See Page B
R3 R6
Code
38
R7
39 A
See Page B
41 (Double Cab) 43 (Extra Cab)
41 (Double Cab) 43 (Extra Cab)
: Relay Blocks Code 3
See Page 35
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2R
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IH1
See Page 50
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
165 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Remote Control Mirror From Power Source System (See Page 60)
7. 5A ACC
V
23 2O
O1 Outer Mirror SW
8
Left
Right
Up
Right/ Down
MV Right
VR
M+
3
E
6
BR–R
BR–R
7
B A
A A
H A
H A
B
4
LG
VL
2
R
HR
5
L L
LG
BR–R
4 IB1
3 IB1
1 IB1
L
LG
BR–R
J24(A), J25(B) Junction Connector E B
F B
B
R
R–G
D B
BR–R
HL
Left
BR–R
Right
R–G
Left
R–G
Select SW
MH
Left/ Up
Down
R
Operation SW
B
1
5
3
MH M
MV M
1
5
M+
3
MH M
MV
M+
A
J23 Junction Connector
M
O2 Outer Rear View Mirror (LH)
O3 Outer Rear View Mirror (RH)
W–B
A
IE
166 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Service Hints O1 Outer Mirror SW 8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 7–Ground : Always continuity 6–7 : Continuity with the operation SW at LEFT or UP position 8–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at RIGHT or DOWN position : Parts Location Code
See Page
J23
Code
38
J24
A
38
J25
B
38
O1
39
See Page
Code
40 (Double Cab) O2
O3
42 (Extra Cab)
See Page 42 (Extra Cab) 44 (Single Cab)
44 (Single Cab) O3
40 (Double Cab)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2O
See Page 29
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code IB1
See Page 48
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
: Ground Points Code IE
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
167 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Audio System From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
7. 5A ACC
15A RAD
2
1
L–Y
24 2N
L–Y
3 A
4 A
ACC(∗7) ACC+B(∗8)
R 1(A), R 2(B) Radio Receiver Assembly
+B(∗7) BU+B(∗8)
FR+
FR–
L
5 IB1
9 IH1
4 IH1
1
2
S15 Speaker (Front Door LH)
L L
2
L
LG
II1
(∗2, ∗3)
(∗2, ∗3)
V
3
1
L
LG
V
P
(∗1)
1
(∗1)
P
3
T24 Tweeter (RH)
4
(∗2, ∗3)
2
(∗1)
LG
T23 Tweeter (LH)
4
7
(∗1)
V
(∗1)
P
(∗1)
II1
BR
8
(∗1)
V
6 IB1
5 A
LG
P
1 A
(∗2, ∗3)
FL– 6 A
1
(∗1)
FL+ 2 A
LG
GND 7 A
IF2
GR
2
2
S16 Speaker (Front Door RH)
ID
168 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
: 6 Speaker : 4 Speaker : 2 Speaker : Double Cab : Extra Cab : 6 Speaker, 4 Speaker : w/ CD Player : w/o CD Player
R 1(A), R 2(B) Radio Receiver Assembly
2 2 A B
S17(A) Speaker (Rear Door LH) S19(B) Speaker (Rear LH)
W
W
(∗5 ∗6)
2 BC1
(∗4) (∗5)
(∗4) (∗5) 1 1 A B
(∗6)
W W
1 BC1
(∗4 ∗6)
R
(∗6)
5 IH1
(∗4 ∗6)
R R
(∗5 ∗6)
Y
(∗5 ∗6)
Y
(∗4 ∗6) (∗4 ∗6)
2 BB1
W
RR– 3 B
6 IH1
R
Y
(∗6)
(∗6)
B B R
1 BB1
(∗4 ∗6)
B
1 IH1
(∗4 ∗6)
2 IH1
(∗5 ∗6)
RR+ 1 B
(∗4 ∗6)
RL– 6 B
(∗4 ∗6)
RL+ 2 B
1 1 A B
2 2 A B
S18(A) Speaker (Rear Door RH) S20(B) Speaker (Rear RH)
169 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Audio System Service Hints R1 (A) Radio Receiver Assembly (A) 4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts (A) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position (A) 7–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
R1
A
39
R2
B
39
S15 S16
Code
See Page
Code
43 (Extra Cab)
S16
T23
45 (Single Cab)
41 (Double Cab)
S17
A
41 (Double Cab)
43 (Extra Cab)
S18
A
41 (Double Cab
45 (Single Cab)
S19
B
43 (Extra Cab)
41 (Double Cab)
S20
B
43 (Extra Cab)
T24
See Page 41 (Double Cab) 43 (Extra Cab) 41 (Double Cab) 43 (Extra Cab)
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 2N
See Page 29
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB1
48
Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF2
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
IH1
50
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
II1
50
Front Door RH Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BB1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire LH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar LH)
BC1
52 (Double Cab)
Rear Door No.1 Wire RH and Floor Wire (Center Pillar RH)
: Ground Points Code ID
See Page 48
Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
170 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
171 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
25
SP1
T17 Transmission Control ECU 4 2P
17
SPD
T16 Theft Warning ECU V–R
10 2Q
(∗1)
R–B
R–B
G–Y
V–R
10 A
V–R
15 A
V–R
16 A
Temp.
Fuel
Tachometer
Speedometer
17 A
R–L
1 A
(A/T)
Unlock Warning SW
Integration Relay
Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
Door
27 A
R–Y
R
1
Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side) Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH) Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
Combination SW
R
30 2S
High Beam
R–B
7. 5A DOME
10A ECU–IG& GAUGE
Combination Meter From Power Source System (See Page 60)
1
8 2J
2
25 2Q
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter
6 A
26 2Q
26 2P
17
SPD
E6 Engine ECU
R–B
172
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
From Power Source System (See Page 60)
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System 7. 5A MET
B–O
1 2D
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter
T–BELT
Fuel 16 ID2
10 IF2
9 IA1
8 IA1
7 A
4 A
14 A
W–G
BR–Y
3 A
BR
BR
BR I1
W–G
BR–Y
Engine ECU
1
F4 Fuel Filter Warning SW
BR–Y
BR
IF2
2
2
F13 Fuel Sender Gage
A
J1 Junction Connector
3 A
BR
W–B
15 ID2
4 BA1
1 EA1
BR
2
R–B
S3 Speed Sensor 1
2
3 BA1
BR
1 3
F10 Fuel Sedimenter Level Warning SW
P–L
L–R
8
W–B
2 A
L–R
23 A
P–L
5 A
P
Buzzer
B–W
ODO/TRIP
Fuel Filter/ Fuel Sedimenter
21 A
R–B EC
EB
173 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
W–B
1 IF2
Y
(∗2)
G–B
(w/o SRS)
Front Fog
Illumination
19 A
Combination SW
(w/o SRS)
W–B
20 A
W–B
(w/ SRS)
B–Y
R–Y
11 A
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center DLC3
Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side)
G–B
G–Y
8 A 24 A 25 A
Turn LH
Turn RH
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter G
LCD Illumination
SRS
Driver' s Seat Belt
30 A 22 A
B A
Turn Signal Flasher
Combination SW
Combination Meter
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B B
(w/o SRS)
W–B
ID
174
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
W–B
W–B
3
I2
W–B 1 1 1
P2 Parking Brake SW
(w/ ABS)
R–G
(w/o ABS)
R–G
R–B
Y–R
GR
R–B
1 2S
LG–B
LG
A/T OIL TEMP
A/T P
4WD
Charge
Glow
Check Engine
ABS
Brake
Oil Pressure
18 A 13 A 31 A 37 A 40 A 39 A 38 A 36 A 35 A
1
E4 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
LG–B
1 2K
B3 Brake Vacuum Warning SW
1 2M
LG
1 2L
LG
LG
Skid Control ECU with Actuator
IF2
B2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
(w/o ABS)
R–G
Engine ECU
Alternator
4WD Control ECU
W–G
(A/T)
P
12 A
W–B
(w/o SRS)
Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
Transmission Control ECU
G–B Neutral Start SW
∗ 2 : w/ Front Fog Light
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter
10 ID2
2
I2
EA
175
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Combination Meter Service Hints C8 (A) Combination Meter (A) 21–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (A) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts (A) 22–Ground : Always continuity F13 Fuel Sender Gage 2–3 : Approx. 4 Ω with the fuel full Approx. 110 Ω with the fuel empty : Parts Location Code
See Page
B2 B3 C8 C9
Code
See Page
Code
36
F4
36
J22
36
F10
36
J23
A
38
B
38
E4
36
E6
38
40 (Double Cab) F13 J1
See Page A
38
B
38
P2
39
42 (Extra Cab)
S3
37
44 (Single Cab)
T16
39
37
T17
39
: Relay Blocks Code 1
See Page 22
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2D
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2J
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2K
28
Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2L 2M 2P 2Q 2S
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
IA1
48
Instrument Panel Wire and Floor Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IF2
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
: Splice Points Code I1
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
Code I2
See Page 50
Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire
176 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
177 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Air Conditioner From Power Source System (See Page 60)
10A ECU–IG& GAUGE
40A FR HTR R–L (∗1) L–O 1 1C
L–O
(∗1)
4 B–W
A B
B M 1
3
W–B
W–B
2
2
16 2D
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
5 2A
L–W
9 2D
B4 Blower Motor
18 2D
W–B
B–W
1
R
2
A A
R–B
3
4
A A
B5 Blower Resistor
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
1 HTR Relay
5
B–W
30 2R 18 2P
10A A/C
1 2F
(∗1)
L–B
R–L
(∗1)
A A
4
1
2
B–W
OFF
A B
LO M1 M2 HI
B6 Blower SW
6
5
W–B
W–B (∗1)
ID
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–W
(∗1)
W–B
IE
178 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
∗ 1 : w/ Front Cooler
R–L (∗1) L–O
W–B
(∗1)
IF3
(∗1)
1
2
(Shielded)
P1 Pressure SW
Y
E1
A11 A/C Volume SW
34 D
27 D
OFF
E 6(B), E 8(D) Engine ECU
2
10
5
6
B/V
IG
ACT
14
(∗1)
19 B
R–L
Y
R
V
(∗1)
R–L
(∗1)
3 PSW
AC1 18 B
(∗1)
2
(∗1)
E2
1
(∗1)
VRT IF3
Y–B
NE+
(∗1)
Y–B
NE–
16
1
L
L–O
3
C4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
17
2
TEMP
AC1
ACT
MGC
SG–1
TEFIN
1
8
G
(∗1)
P
2 (Shielded)
(∗1)
L–W
A1 A/C Compressor
(∗1)
W–B
A B
7
(∗1)
L–W
L
(∗1)
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
1 ID1
A A
A10 A/C Thermistor
GND 18
(∗1)
A9 A/C Amplifier
1
1
A
J10 Junction Connector
W–B
BR
A
(∗1)
EC
179 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Air Conditioner System Outline Current is applied at all times through the FR HTR fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flows through the ECU–IG&GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 6 of the blower SW. Blower Motor Operation ∗ Low speed operation When the blower SW is moved to LO position, the current flows to TERMINAL 6 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the HTR relay to turn on. This causes the current flows from the FR HTR fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, rotating the blower motor at low speed. ∗ Medium speed operation (Operation at M1, M2) When the blower SW is moved to M1 position, the current flows to TERMINAL 6 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the HTR relay to turn on. This causes the current flows from the FR HTR fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND. At this time, the blower resistance of the blower resistor is smaller than at low speed, so the blower motor rotates at medium low speed. When the blower SW is moved to M2 position, the current flows through the HTR relay to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND. At this time, resistance of the blower resistor is smaller than at M1 position, so the blower motor rotates at medium high speed. ∗ High speed operation When the blower SW is moved to HI position, the current flows to TERMINAL 6 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the HTR relay to turn on. This causes the current flows from the FR HTR fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, rotating the blower motor at high speed. Service Hints HTR Relay 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and the blower SW on P1 Pressure SW 1–2 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 2.0 kgf/cm2 (28.4 psi, 196.1 kpa) or more than approx. 32.0 kgf/cm2 (455 psi, 3138.1 kpa) A9 A/C Amplifier 10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 18–Ground : Always continuity : Parts Location Code
See Page
Code
See Page
Code
See Page
A1
36
B6
38
J19
B
38
A9
38
C4
36
J20
A
38
A10
38
E6
B
38
J21
B
38
A11
38
E8
D
38
J22
A
38
B4
38
38
J23
B
38
B5
38
J10 J18
A
38
P1
37
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1C 2A 2D 2F 2P 2R
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
23
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
28
Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
29
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
180 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IF3
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
: Splice Points Code E1
See Page 46
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Engine Wire
181 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
I GROUND POINT A
BR
A
(Shielded)
E1
W–B
BR
A
BR
A
(A/T)
J10 Junction Connector
DLC3
(SG)
BR
18 ID2
W–B (A/T)
BR
I1
W–B
Crankshaft Position Sensor (E1)
Engine ECU
(E1) Transmission Control ECU (E01)
(E01) Engine ECU
W
I1
BR
Speed Sensor
I1
W–B
BR
BR
1 EA1
BR
BR
Fuel Sedimenter Level Warning SW
(E02)
W–B
BR
EC
W–B
A B
A A
W–B
A B
A A
W–B
Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
W–B
A B
A A
W–B
Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position)
Injector Driver (EDU)
W–B
A B
A A
W–B
Throttle Body Assembly
W–B
A B
4WD Control ECU
ADD Actuator
Turbo Motor Driver
(GND)
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
182 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
I
W–B 3 IF2
R–G
Combination Meter
(w/o ABS)
1 IF2
W–B
Combination Meter
(w/o SRS) W–B
Windshield Wiper Motor
W–B
Turn Signal Lamp (Front RH)
W–B
Fog Lamp (Front RH)
W–B
Clearance Lamp (Front RH)
W–B
W–B
Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side LH)
A
W–B
Fuel Filter Warning SW
A
W–B
Engine Hood Courtesy SW
A
W–B
Turn Signal Lamp (Front LH)
A
W–B
Fog Lamp (Front LH)
A
W–B
Clearance Lamp (Front LH)
A
W–B
A
W–B
W–B (w/o SRS)
I2
W–B
A
3 1J
MAIN Relay
1
GLOW Relay
A
W–B
W–B
(GND2)
I2
W–B
(GND1) Skid Control ECU with Actuator
I2
W–B
Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
R–G (w/o ABS)
J1 Junction Connector A
W–B
Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side RH)
W–B
EA
EB
183 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
T16(A) Theft Warning ECU S12(B) Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU)
I GROUND POINT
W–B (∗4) 12 B
12 A ST Relay
1
(∗2)
1 A
B–W
(E)
(∗1) R
10 IF3
W–B
1 B
Hazard Warning Signal SW
W–B (∗4)
B
Combination SW
Y
Combination Meter
(∗1)
B–W
(∗4)
Power Point Socket
G
B A
B A
B A
B A
A A
B A
A A
A A
Blower Resistor
W
(GND)
Rear Window Defogger SW
W–B
Transponder Key ECU
B–W(∗2 ∗3)
L
Blower SW
B–W
BR L–Y
Security Indicator Lamp
Theft Warning ECU
A A
A A
B B
B B
B B
A B
A B
A B
A B
A B
A B
G
B B
L
B B
B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
Rear Window Defogger SW
(CG) DLC3 W
R
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
W–B
Outer Mirror SW
W–B
Ashtray Illumination
LG
GR
Unlock Warning SW
BR
Y
BR
Radio Receiver Assembly
W–B
Turn Signal Flasher
Cigarette Lighter Key Interlock Solenoid Blower SW
W–B W–B
W–B
HTR Relay
PWR OUT Relay
18 2D 9 2D
Integration Relay
(E1) Airbag Sensor Assembly Center (E2)
A/T Shift Lever Illumination
Combination SW
W–B
ID
W–B
1 2B
W–B
2 2B
W–B
17 2D
W–B IE
1 2E
W–B W–B
Map Lamp
W–B
184 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
I ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
Power Window Master SW
1 2 3 4
: w/ Theft Deterrent System : w/o Theft Deterrent System : M/T Single Cab, Double Cab 2KD–FTV w/o Inter Cooler : ∗ 2 Except ∗3
W–B
W–B
A 4
W–B
W–B
J28 Junction Connector
Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side)
W–B
A
A
J15 Junction Connector
W–B
A
A
W–B
W–B
A
8 BA1
W–B
IG
IF
B3
W–B
3
B3
Clock
W–B
Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
W–B
License Plate Lamp LH
W–B
Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
W–B
License Plate Lamp RH
W–B
W
L
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
A A
A A
A A
B B
A B
A B
A B
B B
Y
W–B
L
W–B
Hazard Warning Signal SW
Center Stop Lamp
1 BD1
W–B
A IG1 Relay
Rear Window Defogger
II1
P
Combination SW
(GND)
A/C Amplifier
(E)
Shift Lock Control ECU
Combination SW
W–B W–B
185 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
I GROUND POINT : Parts Location Code
See Page
J1
Code
37
See Page
J15
Code
38
J23
See Page B
J7
A
38
J20
A
38
J8
B
38
J21
B
38
S12
B
39
38
J22
A
38
T16
A
39
J10
J28
38 38
: Relay Blocks Code
See Page
Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1
22
Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3
35
R/B No.3 (Cowl Side Panel LH)
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector Code 1J
See Page
Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
24
Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
2B 2D 2E
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness Code
See Page
Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
46
Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Inside of Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B)
ID2
48
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
50
Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Driver Side J/B)
50
Front Door RH Wire and Floor Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IF2 IF3 II1
52 (Double Cab) BA1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire and Floor Wire (Under the Front Seat LH)
56 (Single Cab) 52 (Double Cab) BD1
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame No.2 Wire and Frame Wire (Under the Back Panel LH)
56 (Single Cab)
: Ground Points Code
See Page
Ground Points Location
EA
46
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EB
46
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EC
46
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
ID
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
IE
48
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IF
48
Cowl Side Panel RH
IG
48
Cowl Side Panel LH
: Splice Points Code E1 I1 I2
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
Code
46 50
See Page
Wire Harness with Splice Points
52 (Double Cab) Engine Wire
B3
54 (Extra Cab)
Frame Wire
56 (Single Cab)
186 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
187 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other Parts.
20A H-LP LH 40A MAIN
1
1 20A H-LP RH
10A HORN 50A BATT P/I
1
15A FOG
1
25A EFI
30A AM2
1
40A AM1
2
7.5A OBD 10A STOP Battery
100A ALT
1
2 10A TAIL 15A PWR OUT
40A IG1
2
7.5A ALT-S 15A TURN-HAZ
1
80A GLOW 30A ABS NO.2 1 40A ABS NO.1
40A FR HTR
1
7.5A DOME 30A DCC
1
7.5A ECU-B
1
15A RAD
[LOCATION] 1
: Engine Room R/B and Engine Room J/B (See Page 22)
2
: Driver Side J/B (See Page 28)
3
: R/B No.3 (See Page 35)
188 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
J Example Starter
S1
Parts
Code or Location
4
7.5A DRL
Location Electrical Source 7.5A IGN 2 7.5A MET
Ignition SW (AM2)
I6
Ignition SW (AM1)
I6
7.5A ST
2
7.5A ACC 2 15A CIG
10A ECU-IG&GAUGE 2 20A WIP 20A DEF 3 25A DOOR
IG1 Relay (Point Side)
3
30A PWR
3
HTR Relay (Point Side)
2
10A A/C
2
189 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Engine Room R/B (See Page 22) Fuse 7.5A
System
Page
ALT–S
Charging
66
DOME
Clock Combination Meter Door Lock Cotrol ECT Engine Control Headlight Interior Light Key Reminder and Light Reminder Taillight and Illumination Theft Deterrent Wireless Door Lock Control
162 172 130 108 68 84 100 104 88 144 136
7.5A
ECU–B
Door Lock Cotrol Engine Immobilizer System Interior Light Theft Deterrent Wireless Door Lock Control
130 80 100 142 136
10A
HORN
Horn Theft Deterrent
156 142
15A
FOG
Front Fog Light
86
15A
RAD
Audio System
168
15A
TURN–HAZ
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light
92
20A
H–LP LH
Headlight
84
20A
H–LP RH
Headlight
84
25A
EFI
ECT Engine Control
108 68
30A
ABS NO.2
ABS
116
30A
AM2
Engine Immobilizer System Starting
80 64
30A
DCC
Engine Immobilizer System
80
40A
ABS NO.1
ABS
116
40A
FR HTR
Air Conditioner
178
50A
BATT P/I
ECT Engine Control Front Fog Light
108 68 86
80A
GLOW
Engine Control
68
100A
ALT
Charging 4WD
66 124
7.5A
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
190 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
J Driver Side J/B (See Page 28) Fuse
System
Page
ACC
Audio System Clock Power Outlet Remote Control Mirror Shift Lock
168 162 160 166 128
IGN
ECT Engine Control Engine Immobilizer System SRS
108 68 80 121
7.5A
MET
ABS Charging Combination Meter Door Lock Cotrol ECT Engine Control Key Reminder and Light Reminder Seat Belt Warning SRS Taillight and Illumination Theft Deterrent 4WD
116 66 172 130 108 68 104 106 121 88 144 124
7.5A
OBD
Engine Control
68
7.5A
ST
ECT Engine Control Starting Theft Deterrent
108 68 64 142
10A
A/C
Air Conditioner
178
10A
ECU–IG&GAUGE
ABS Air Conditioner Back–Up Light Charging Combination Meter Door Lock Cotrol ECT Engine Control Rear Window Defogger Shift Lock Theft Deterrent Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light Wireless Door Lock Control
116 178 98 66 172 130 108 68 164 128 143 92 136
10A
GAUGE&ECU–IG
4WD
124
7.5A
7.5A
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
191 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
J POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Fuse
System
Page
STOP
ABS ECT Engine Control Shift Lock Stop Light
116 108 68 128 96
10A
TAIL
Clock Front Fog Light Key Reminder and Light Reminder Taillight and Illumination
162 86 104 88
15A
CIG
Cigarette Lighter
158
15A
PWR OUT
Power Outlet
160
20A
WIP
Front Wiper and Washer
152
40A
AM1
4WD
124
10A
R/B No.3 (See Page 35) Fuse 20A
System
Page
DEF
Rear Window Defogger
164
25A
DOOR
Door Lock Cotrol Theft Deterrent Wireless Door Lock Control
130 142 136
30A
PWR
Power Window
148
∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.
192 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
193 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K CONNECTOR LIST A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
Black
Black
Yellow
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5
Gray 1 1
2
A6
A7
A8
1
A9
2
A10
Black
Yellow 1 1
2
A11
A12
1
2
3
4
12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213141516171819 20
A13
A14
Black
Yellow 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
A15
A16
A17
B1
B2
Yellow
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
1
1 2 3 4
2
1 2 3
B3
B4
B5
Gray
Black
Black
1
1
2
1
B6
2
3
4
2
C1 Black
1 1
1
2
2 3
4
C2
C3
C4
Gray
Gray
Gray
1 2
1 2
5
1 2
6 7 8
C5
C6
C7 Black
1 1 1
2
2
2 1 2 3 4
3
194 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K C8
C9
C10 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
C11
1 4
2 56
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
C12
3
1
7
5
2
C13
3
1
4
6789
3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
D1
D2
1
2
10
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
D3
D4
D5
1
1
1
D6
1
2
D7
3
4
5 6 7 8 9 10
D9
1
2
3
2
3
3
4
1
5 6 7 8 9 10
E2
E3
E4
Black
Black
Black
1
1
E6
E7
Gray
Gray
Gray
5
6
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
20 21 22 23
24 25
26 27
26 27
30 31
28 29 30
28 29 30 31
32 33
34 35
28 29
4
2
E5
4
3
5 6 7 8 9 10
Gray
1 2 3
2
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 9 10
1
2
E1
1 2 3 4
4
1
D8
31 32 33 34 35
195 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K CONNECTOR LIST
1
2
E8
F2
F3
F4
F5
Gray
Brown
Brown
Black
Gray
1
1
1 2
4
3
5
6
2
1 2
2
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
33 34
F6
F7
F8
F9
F10
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Gray
1 2
1 2
1 2 1
1 2 3
F11
F12
Dark Gray 1 2
12
F13
F14
Black
Green
1
2 4
3
H2
H3
H4
Black
Black
1
2
G1
H1 Black
2
5 6 7 8 9 10
H5
I1 Black
1 2
3 4 1
5 6 7 8 9 10
2
3
I2
I3
I4
I5
Dark Gray
Black
Dark Gray
Black
1 2 5
6
I6
7
3
1
3
1 2 3 4
1
1
3 4
5
Black 1
1 2
2
8
J1
1
2
1
4
2 3 4 5 6
J2
J3
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
D D E E F F
D D E E F F
5 6 7 8
7
A A A A A A A A A A A A 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
196 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K *1 : w/ Power Window *2 : w/o Power Window
J4
J5
J6
J7 Blue
Black
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
A A A B B B C C C C C
A A A A A A
D E F G H I
D E F G H I
D D D D E E E E E E E
B B B B B B
J8
J9
J10
J11
A A A A A A
A A A A A A
A A A A A A
A A B B C C
B B B B B B
B B B C C C
B B B C C C
D D E E F F
Blue
J12
J13
J14
Black
Black
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
D D E E F F
D D D E E E
D D D E E E
J16
J17
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
D D D E E E
D D D E E E
J21
J22
J15
A A
A A A A A A A
J18
J19
A B
A B
A B
A A
J20
A A A A A A
A B
B B B B B B
J23
J24 (*1) Blue
A A A A A A
A A A A A A
A A A A A A
A A B B C C C D D E E
B B B B B B
B B B B B B
B B B B B B
F F F F G G G H H H H
J24
J25
J25
(*2) Black
(*1) Blue
(*2)
A A B B C C C D D E E
A A B B C C C D D E E
A A B B C C C D D E E
F F F F G G G H H H H
F F F F G G G H H H H
F F F F G G G H H H H
197 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K CONNECTOR LIST J26
J27
Black
Black
J28
A A B B C C
A A B B C C
D D E E F F
D D E E F F
L1
L2 Black
1 2
1 2
A A A A A A A
M1
N1 Gray
1
2
5 6
O1
O2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P3
2 7
3 4 8 9
O3
2 1
2 1
4 3
4 3
6 5
6 5
P1
P2
Gray
Black
1 1
2
P4
P4
P5
(Double Cab)
(Extra Cab)
Black
1 2
3 4
1
5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3
1 2
A A B C C A A B B B B C C
A A
1
1 2
K1 Black
A A
Black
J29
4 5 6
2
3 4 5 6
7 8 9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
Black
Black
Black
Black
Black
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5
1
2
3 4 5 6
P11
R1
R2
R3
Black 1 2 1 2 3 4 5
R4
Black 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
1
2
3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6
198 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K R5
R6
R7
Black
Black
Black
1
1
R8
S1 Black 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2
S2
S3
S4
Black
Black
Gray
1 2 3 1
1
2
23
24
3
4 5 6
2
7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34
S5
S6
S7
Black 1
S9
Gray
Gray
1 2
2
1
S11
S10
12
1 1
S8
S12
2
S13
S14
Black
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
S15
S16
S17
S18
1
1 2 3 4 5 6
28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15
3
7 8 9 10 11 12
S19
S20
2 4
S21 Gray
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
S22
T1
T2
T3
T4
Gray
Black
Black
Blue
Blue
1 2 3
1 2 3
1
2
1
2
1
2
199 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
K CONNECTOR LIST T5
T6
T7
T8
T9
Gray
Black
Black
Gray
Black
1 2 1
2
1
2
1
2
3 4 1 2 3
5 6 7 8 9 10
T10
T11
T12
T13
T14
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
Gray
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 1
1
2
T15
2
1
T16
2
T17
Gray
1 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2
3
4
5
6
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
T18
22 23 24 25 26
T19
T20 Black
1
2
5
1
6
3 4
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26
21 22 23 24
T21
1
10
2 3 4 5 6
7
27 28 29 30
T22
T23
T24
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
U1
Black 12 3 456 7 8 1 2 3
1 2
4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
V1
V2
W1
W2
W3
Black
Brown
Black
Black
Black
1 2
1 2 1
2
1
2
1 2 3 4 5
200 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
201 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS Code
Part Number
Code
A1
A/C Compressor
Part Name
90980–11271
E1
ECT Solenoid
90980–10891
A2
A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
90980–11025
E2
EGR Valve Position Sensor
90980–11143
A3
ADD Actuator
90980–11858
E3
Engine Hood Courtesy SW
90980–11003
A4
Air Flow Meter
90980–11317
E4
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
90980–11363
A5
Airbag Sensor (Front LH)
E5
Engine ECU
90980–12457
90980–11856
Part Name
Part Number
A6
Airbag Sensor (Front RH)
E6
Engine ECU
90980–12455
A7
Alternator
90980–09212
E7
Engine ECU
90980–12454
A8
Alternator
90980–11964
E8
Engine ECU
90980–12456
A9
A/C Amplifier
90980–11971
F2
Fog Lamp (Front LH)
A10
A/C Thermistor
90980–11918
F3
Fog Lamp (Front RH)
90980–11660
A11
A/C Volume SW
90980–10906
F4
Fuel Filter Warning SW
A12
A/T Shift Lever Illumination
90980–12221
F5
Fuel Injector (No.1)
90980–12416
A13
Accelerator Position Sensor
90980–11858
F6
Fuel Injector (No.2)
A14
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center
90980–12391
F7
Fuel Injector (No.3)
A15
Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)
90980–12160
F8
Fuel Injector (No.4)
A16
Ashtray Illumination
90980–12111
F9
Fuel Pressure Sensor
90980–10845
A17
ABS Deceleration Sensor
90980–10845
F10
Fuel Sedimenter Level Warning SW
90980–11003
B1
Back–Up Lamp SW
90980–11250
F11
Fuel Temp. Sensor
90980–10737
Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver’s Side)
90980–11212
90980–11875
B2
Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
90980–11207
F12
B3
Brake Vacuum Warning SW
90980–11252
F13
Fuel Sender Gage
90980–11077
B4
Blower Motor
90980–10916
F14
4WD Control ECU
90980–10997
B5
Blower Resistor
90980–11136
G1
Glow Plug
99141–13004
B6
Blower SW
90980–10877
H1
Headlamp (LH)
C1
Camshaft Position Sensor
90980–10947
H2
Headlamp (RH)
C2
Clearance Lamp (Front LH)
H3
Horn (High)
H4
Horn (Low)
90980–11162
90980–11314
90980–10619
C3
Clearance Lamp (Front RH)
C4
Crankshaft Position Sensor
90980–11016
H5
Hazard Warning Signal SW
90980–10801
C5
Cigarette Lighter
90980–10760
I1
Injector Driver (EDU)
90980–11592
C6
Cigarette Lighter Illumination
90980–11148
I2
Injector Driver (EDU)
90980–11593
C7
Clock
90980–11013
I3
Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Air Cleaner)
90980–11163
C8
Combination Meter
90980–12169
I4
Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Inter Cooler)
90980–11025
C9
Combination Meter
90980–12155
I5
Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp
90980–12092
C10
Combination SW
90980–12007
I6
Ignition SW
90980–11615 90980–10803
C11
Combination SW
90980–12358
J1
Junction Connector
C12
Combination SW
90980–12359
J2
Junction Connector
C13
Center Stop Lamp
90980–11003
J3
Junction Connector
90980–11978
J4
Junction Connector
J5
Junction Connector
J6
Junction Connector
J7
Junction Connector
J8
Junction Connector
J9
Junction Connector
J10
Junction Connector
D1
DLC3
D2
Door Courtesy SW (Driver’s Side)
D3
Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger’s Side)
D4
Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
D5
Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
D6
Door Lock Assembly (Driver’s Side)
D7
Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger’s Side)
D8
Door Lock Assembly (Rear LH)
D9
Door Lock Assembly (Rear RH)
90980–10871
90980–12226
J11
Junction Connector
J12
Junction Connector
J13
Junction Connector
90980–11661
90980–11915
90980–11661
Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.
202 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
L Code
Part Number
Code
J14
Junction Connector
Part Name
90980–11661
S3
Speed Sensor
J15
Junction Connector
90980–10830
S4
Speed Sensor (Front LH)
J16
Junction Connector
S5
Speed Sensor (Front RH)
J17
Junction Connector
S6
Starter
90980–11400
J18
Junction Connector
S7
Starter
90980–09507
S8
Suction Control Valve
90980–11285
S9
Swirl Control Valve
90980–11156
S10
Security Indicator Lamp
90980–12063
S11
Shift Lock Control ECU
90980–12183
S12
Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU)
90980–12409
S13
Spiral Cable
90980–12183
S14
Stop Lamp SW
90980–11118
S15
Speaker (Front Door LH)
S16
Speaker (Front Door RH)
90980–11661
90980–11742
Part Name
J19
Junction Connector
J20
Junction Connector
J21
Junction Connector
J22
Junction Connector
J23
Junction Connector
J24
Junction Connector
J25
Junction Connector
J26
Junction Connector
J27
Junction Connector
J28
Junction Connector
90980–10830
S17
Speaker (Rear Door LH)
J29
Junction Connector
90980–11542
S18
Speaker (Rear Door RH)
K1
Key Interlock Solenoid
90980–12063
S19
Speaker (Rear LH)
L1
License Plate Lamp LH
S20
Speaker (Rear RH)
L2
License Plate Lamp RH
S21
Speed Sensor (Rear LH)
M1
Map Lamp
90980–11148
S22
Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
90980–11661
90980–11915
90980–11661
90980–11162
Part Number 90980–11143 90980–11156
90980–10935
90980–11467
N1
Neutral Start SW
90980–12362
T1
Throttle Body Assembly
90980–11145
O1
Outer Mirror SW
90980–11657
T2
Throttle Body Assembly
90980–11261
O2
Outer Rear View Mirror (LH)
T3
Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position)
O3
Outer Rear View Mirror (RH)
T4
Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
P1
Pressure SW
90980–11149
T5
Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
P2
Parking Brake SW
90980–10871
T6
Transmission Revolution Sensor (Input)
P3
Power Point Socket
90980–12498
T7
Transmission Revolution Sensor (Output)
Power Window Master SW (Double Cab)
90980–12122
T8
Turbo Motor Driver
90980–10801
Power Window Master SW (Extra Cab)
90980–10997
P4 P5
90980–11452
Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH)
P6
Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH)
P7
Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear LH)
P8
Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear RH)
P9
Power Window SW (Front Passenger’s Side)
90980–10797
90980–11900
90980–10789
P10
Power Window SW (Rear LH)
P11
Power Window SW (Rear RH)
R1
Radio Receiver Assembly
90980–10997
R2
Radio Receiver Assembly
90980–10996
R3
Rear Window Defogger SW
90980–10789
R4
Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
R5
Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
R6
Rear Window Defogger
R7
Rear Window Defogger
R8
Room Lamp
90980–10935
S1
Security Horn
90980–10619
S2
Skid Control ECU with Actuator
90980–12020
90980–10988
90980–10359
90980–11156 90980–10923 90980–11156
T9
Turbo Pressure Sensor
90980–10845
T10
Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Motor
90980–11156 90980–12303
T11
Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Sensor
T12
Turn Signal Lamp (Front LH)
T13
Turn Signal Lamp (Front RH)
T14
Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side LH)
T15
Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side RH)
T16
Theft Warning ECU
90980–12410
T17
Transmission Control ECU
90980–12150
T18
Transmission Control ECU
90980–12149
T19
Transmission Control ECU
90980–12151
T20
Transponder Key Amplifier
90980–12092
T21
Transponder Key ECU
90980–12423
T22
Turn Signal Flasher
90980–10799
T23
Tweeter (LH)
T24
Tweeter (RH)
U1
Unlock Warning SW
90980–12063
V1
VRV (EGR)
90980–11162
90980–11019
90980–11162
90980–12304
203 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS Code
Part Name
Part Number
V2
VSV (EGR Cut Valve)
90980–11149
W1
Water Temp. Sensor
90980–10735
W2
Windshield Washer Motor
90980–11019
W3
Windshield Wiper Motor
90980–11599
Code
Part Name
Part Number
Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply.
204 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
L Code
Part Name
Part Number
Code
Part Name
Part Number
205 https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
[A] Power Source
Starting
1
Engine Control
2
4
3
R
[L]
B-R
B-R 15A EFI
[H]
12 EA1
R-Y
R-Y
7 EA3 1
(22R-E) (2L-T)
Knock Sensor 1
[E]
1
3
B
B
BR
BR
3
B
B
1
GR
GR
4
B-W
4 EFI MAIN Relay
B-R
B-W
[I]
1
H11 Heated Oxygen Sensor
2
W-B
B-W
B-L
(2L-T)
(22R-E)
Y-R
Circuit Opening Relay
[G] 1 15 3C
R-G
W-B
B-W
(2L-T)
(2L-T)
4
6
1
R-W
5 BO2
Y-R
3
BR-W
BR-W
6
G
G
5
G-R
G-R
4
Y-R
7
L-Y
BR 2
1
FP
+B T1
D1 Data Link Connector 1 E1
8
Y-R
6
G-Y
G-Y
9
GR-B
GR-B W-R W-R
O
P Q R S
BR
Fender Apron LH
EA
BR
W-B
W-B
Fender Apron LH
N
21 EA3
B
BR
W-R
VF
4
3
[K] EA
L M
Y-R
R-G
BR
W-B
W-R
W-R
Fuel Pump
1
F37
M
OX1
17 EA3
R-G
2
1
W-R
W-R
W-R
W-R
I12
1
4 EA3
R-G
2
Injector No.4
1
I10
Injector No.2
I11
1
2
L-Y
W-R
Battery
K
16 BS1
B-R
2
Injector No.3
I9
S38 (A), S39 (B) Starter
B-R
B-R
B-R
Injector No.1
B-W
2
1 A
Y-R
Y-R
R-G
B-R
30A AM2
40A AM1
100A ALT
(2L-T)
1 B
J
Air Flow Meter
W-B
[D] B-W
B
Y-R
A5
6 EA4
2
[J]
Y-R
2 B
3
Y-R
2 A
(Shielded)
S40 (A), S41 (B) Starter Relay
F G
I
C19
R-G
Emission ECU
[C]
2
1 B
Y-R
B-W
W-R
W
R
2
2
[F]
E
H
B-W (22R-E)
1 A 2
Y-R
Y-R
(2L-T)
7 3C
D
2
1
1
B-W(22R-E)
[B]
C
K2
B-L
R-Y
B-L
W
B
W-R
B-R
B-R 2 A
7. 5A IGN
B-W
ST2
7. 5A ST
B-W
5 8 AM2 A B
7 IG2 B
B-W
(22R-E)
W-R
W
W-R
1 4 B A
B-W
ST1
B-W
W
1 4 AM1 A B
B-L
ACC I 6 (A),(B) Ignition SW IG1
A
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
206
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the wiring diagram section.
HOW TO READ THIS SECTION
ID
Left Kick Panel
BR
EC
Intake Manifold RH
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
[A] : System Title [B] : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B
= Black
W = White
BR = Brown
L
= Blue
V
SB = Sky Blue
= Violet
R = Red
G = Green
LG = Light Green
P
Y
GR = Gray
= Pink
= Yellow
[F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts. Example: 3C indicates that it is inside Junction Block No.3
O = Orange The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example:
L–Y
[G] : Indicates related system.
L (Blue)
[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). Outside numerals are pin numbers.
Y (Yellow)
[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown in the wiring diagram and wire routing. [D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example : Numbered in order from upper left to lower right
Numbered in order from upper right to lower left
Female
[I]
Male (
)
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.
[J] : Indicates a shielded cable. Female
Male
The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above [E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example :
[K] : Indicates and located on ground point. [L] : The same code occuring on the next page indicates that the wire harness is continuous.
Indicates Relay Block No.1
M
207
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
SYSTEMS
LOCATION
SYSTEMS
LOCATION
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13–2
Key Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
Air Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23–2
Light Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–3
Audio System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–2
Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18–2
Back–Up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–2
Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1~23–1
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4
Power Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–2
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18–2
Rear Window Defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–2
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–2
Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18–3
Combination Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–2
Seat Belt Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–2
Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–2
Shift Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–3
ECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–3
SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–3
Engine Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2
Engine Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2
Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–3
Front Fog Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2
Taillight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–2
Front Wiper and Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–2
Theft Deterrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–2
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–4
Wireless Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–2
Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–2
4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
208
SYSTEM INDEX
Interior Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–2
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
1 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
C h a rg in g
S ta rtin g
1
4
3
2
B–Y
B
B A
ACC
5 AM2
IG2 6
B
ST2 7
B–W
L–Y (A/T)
B
B–R W–R
3
1
L–Y (A/T) L
W–B
R–L
B–W (∗1, ∗4)
ID
1 4 2
3 B G
B
B
G
Engine ECU < 2–10>
J6 Junction Connector
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
M
209
W–B (∗4)
B B
M IG B
A 7(A), A 8(B) Alternator
W–B
1 B
S B L B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
12 B
(∗4)
(∗4)
S 6(A), S 7(B) Starter
1 A E(∗1)
T16(A) Theft Warning ECU S12(B) Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU)
12 A SRLY (∗1) : w/ Theft Deterrent System : w/o Theft Deterrent System : M/T Single Cab, Double Cab 2KD w/o Inter Cooler : ∗2 Except ∗3
3 ID2
1 A B
W–B (∗1, ∗4)
W
1 B
1 A
Battery 1 2 3 4
GR
L
B–W (∗2 ∗3)
B A
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
W
10 IF3
4 ID2
2 EA2
1 1A
B
13 EA1
B
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
Engine ECU < 2–10>
Engine ECU < 2–10>
1
1
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
1
30A AM2
Engine ECU < 2–10>
100A ALT
7. 5A ALT–S
L–Y (M/T)
L–Y (A/T)
2
C8 Combination Meter
19 2N
37
GR
F B B–Y (A/T)
ST Relay
Charge
F B B–Y (A/T)
19 2O
2
W
D A
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
D A 1
R–L
B–O
B–Y (A/T)
B–Y (A/T)
4 1B
1 1F
21
B–Y
W–R
7. 5A ST
W–R
W–R
1
B
B
W
1 1E
32 2S
5
4 EA1
5 1
1 2D
3 2O
7 2C
1 1 2G
L
N
L–Y (A/T)
L–Y (M/T)
11 IF3
L–Y
B–W
40A AM1
4
P
1 ID2
I6 Ignition SW
2 2A 2
6 2A
6 2C
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
W–R
B–Y
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector 7. 5A MET
B–Y
B B
N1 Neutral Start SW
IG1 1
L–Y
B–R
4 AM1
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
E n g in e C o n tro l
1
4
3
2
O R
B–O
B–O W–R
5 AM2
IG2 6
A B
C
D
B L
ST2 B
R
B L
B
A B 6 2C
1
1 C A
2
L
W–L
7. 5A MET
7. 5A IGN
W–R
7. 5A OBD
GLOW Relay
1 1H 3
B
5
F G
W–G
14 2D
W–G
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
O
I6 Ignition SW
E
4 1J
1 1J
2 1J
1 1
11 IF3
EDU Relay
W–B
2
B–O
3 1B
B–O
B–O
1 1G
1 2D
W–R
W–L
B
B
1 1F
6 2M
B–R
22 2S
MAIN Relay
1 2G
1
25A EFI
1
1 EA2
4 1B
5 1J
7 1J B–W
12 EA1
8 1J B
1
W–B
B
B–R
30A AM2
50A BATT P/I
80A GLOW
100A ALT
G1 Glow Plug
3 1J
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
210
(Cont. next page)
2 HILUX
12 IF2
B–W
B
A A 1 1A
W–B
J1 Junction Connector
A
B–W
W
B–O
B Battery
H I
J
W–B
EB
Left Side of the Fender Apron
B
K
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
2 HILUX (Cont' d)
(Cont. next page) ∗ 1 : 1KD–FTV ∗ 2 : 2KD–FTV ∗ 3 : w/ Inter Cooler
E n g in e C o n tro l A B
5
O
B(∗1)
B (∗1)
BR(∗1) C
A
B (∗1)
B (∗1)
B
B (∗1)
B (∗1)
B (∗1)
21
1
5
1
2
2
1
11 IF2
32 C
THA
18 C
EVG
R
31 D
VG
LG (∗1)
24 C
GIND
Y–B (∗1)
14 A
W
B–W (∗1)
12 A
ST1–
Y–B (∗1)
14 B
BATT
4
W–R (∗1)
2 B
Y–R
+B
R–B
1 A
MREL
3
1 IE1
R–L
8 A
4
L
B
W–G
2
40
R
1 IF3
14 IF3
39 R–B
3
S14 Stop Lamp SW
1
2
S9 Swirl Control Valve
R–L
B
W–G
A4 Air Flow Meter
Glow
4 IF3
Stop Light System< 8–4>
Check Engine
R–L
B W–G
V2 VSV (EGR Cut Valve)
C8 Combination Meter
L
B–O
G
B (∗1)
BR (∗1)
B–O
E F
O
B–O B–O
D
8
7
6
R
15 A
15 D
EGRC
SCV
GREL
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU IREL 10 A
IGSW 9 A
LUSL
VLU
4 C
PCV+
EGR
29 C
2 D
9 C
THF
PCV–
THW
29 D
1 D
E2
19 D
28 D
THIA
2
PR E2
B (∗1)
BR
B A
B A
B A
B A BR
BR (∗1)
B
BR
J
B A B
BR (∗2)
B B
I3 Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Air Cleaner)
2
VC
1
B
1
3
F9 Fuel Pressure Sensor BR
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
Y–G (∗2)
E2
R–Y
B B
E
THA 31 D
R–W
B B
E
J6 Junction Connector
B B
VC
BR (∗2)
B B
E
1 EGLS
2 BR
BR
BR
B
BR
R–W
B–O
E
R–W
1
3
PCR1 26 D
R–W
E2
E
E2 EGR Valve Position Sensor
VC
R–W (∗2)
PIM
L–Y (∗2)
3
T9 Turbo Pressure Sensor
I4 Inlet Air Temp. Sensor (Inter Cooler)
BR
BR
1
2
BR (∗3)
1
L–B
BR
1
W1 Water Temp. Sensor
2 B
1
F11 Fuel Temp. Sensor
1 B
E2
1
18 D
33 C R–W
B–W B
I
3 A
VC
W–B
H
GND
S8 Suction Control Valve
2 A
VTA
V1 VRV (EGR)
DUTY +B
2
3 B
T 1(A), T 2(B) Throttle Body Assembly
1 A
VC
EGLS
28 C
Y–G (∗3)
R–L
G–B
G–Y
G–W
L–R
B
GR
B–O
B–W
2 2
2
2
PIM
20 D
BR (∗2)
K
B
B
C D
M
211
W–B
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
(Cont. next page) ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
E n g in e C o n tro l A
B
9
O
1 4 5 6
: 1KD–FTV : Shielded : w/ Engine Immobilizer System : w/ Front Cooler
12
11
10
O
B(∗1)
A
B(∗1)
2
32 2Q
Transponder Key ECU< 3–3>
EP2
T17
Combination Meter < 22–3>
3
A/C Amplifier < 23–4>
VPA2
1
P
VCP2
ST Fuse (A/T) < 1–2>
5
Neutral Start SW (A/T) < 1–3>
EP1
ST Fuse (M/T) < 1–2>
6
Alternator < 1–4>
VPA1
4
Stop Lamp SW < 8–4>
VCP1
Combination Meter< 22–4>
A13 Accelerator Position Sensor
B
Transmission Control ECU
CAN+
CAN–
21
20
W–B (∗5)
Y–B (∗5)
Y–G (∗5)
P (A/T)
V (A/T)
V–R
R–L (∗6)
Y (∗6)
L–Y (A/T)
G
G–W
BR–Y
GR–G
BR–R
BR–W
W–L
LG–R
B–Y(A/T) L–Y(M/T)
16 2Q
P
26 A VCPA
22 A
28 A
VPA
EPA
27 A VCP2
23 A VPA2
15 B
29 A
8 D
STP
EPA2
7 A
ALT
6 A
STA
18 B
2 A
NSW
THWO
19 B
AC1
17 B
ACT
22 B CAN+
SPD
21 B
30 B
29 B
IMI
CAN–
16 A
IMO
E0M
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU INJF 25 D
#1
#2
#3
#4
E1
24 D
23 D
22 D
21 D
7 C
BR
1
1
2
W–B(∗1) (∗4)
1
1
L
2 A
INJ# 4
COM2
INJ# 2
Junction Connector
1 A INJ# 3
1 B GND
A A
A B
A A
E
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
A A
J 9(A), J10(B) Junction Connector
A A
A A
A B
A B BR
BR
A A
(∗4)
W–B
D
(∗4)
6 A
A A
(∗4)
B
I 1(A), I 2(B) Injector Driver (EDU)
J10(B) 3 A
A A
(∗4)
INJ# 1
A B
(∗4)
COM1
J10(B) Junction Connector
(∗4)
4 A
A B
W–B
IJt# 4
5 A
A B
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
IJt# 3
5 B
C B
W–B
IJt# 2
2 B
C B
(∗4)
W–B (∗1)
IJt# 1
3 B
C B
W–B
IJf
6 B
B B
L–W
7 B
B B
EC
C D
R–B
B
BATTERY
(∗4)
8 A
B B
C
(∗4)
Y
L–W
L
(∗4)
P
G
(∗4)
R
R–B
B
(∗4)
W
2 EA1
2
F7 Fuel Injector (No. 3)
2
F6 Fuel Injector (No. 2)
Y–R
V
R
B–W
P
B
(∗4)
3 EA1
F8 Fuel Injector (No. 4)
F5 Fuel Injector (No. 1)
2
(∗4)
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
212
2 HILUX (Cont' d)
(∗4)
F
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
2 HILUX (Cont' d) ∗ 1 : 1KD–FTV ∗ 4 : Shielded ∗ 5 : w/ Engine Immobilizer System
E n g in e C o n tro l
13
O
A
1
3
2
BAT
G
5 2J
22 2P
7 2B
4 2B
W–B (∗1)
BR
(∗4)
6 2J
B–Y (w/ SRS)
P–B (w/ SRS)
W (w/ SRS)
B (∗5)
P–L (w/ ABS)
L–Y (w/ ABS)
J23 Junction Connector A
W–B
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center < 12–3> Combination Meter < 12–3>
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center < 12–3>
Skid Control ECU with Actuator < 13–3>
Transponder Key ECU< 3–3>
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
W–B
W
3
21 2Q
7 D
C4 Crankshaft Position Sensor
2
L
(∗4)
22 2Q
E01
2
W–B W–B
E
W–B(∗1)
C1 Camshaft Position Sensor
D
1
(∗4)
1
6 D
34 D
Y
L
(∗4)
(∗4)
27 D
E02
NE–
6 2P
A W (w/ ABS)
NE+
31 C
Y
C
BR
SIL R–Y (A/T)
G–
5 2Q
18 A
W (A/T)
23 C
B–Y (w/ SRS)
TC
WFSE
E 5(A), E 6(B), E 7(C), E 8(D) Engine ECU G+
CG 4
18 ID2
6 2Q R–Y
P–B
W
11 A
19 A
TACH
VNTI
SG 5
9 2C
4 A
17 D
P–B
6 2N
A/B 11
R–Y (A/T)
T8 Turbo Motor Driver
TC 13
11 2C P–B
4
B–W
VNTO
10 2C
VNTI
R–B (∗1)
B–O (∗1)
10 D
SIL 7
R–Y
9
6 2O
TS 12
R–Y
22 2O VNTO
15 W (A/T)
GND
WFSE
9
W
6
M–
TAC
B–W
3
B–W
M+
(∗4)
10
D1 DLC3
16
W–B (∗1)
2 VNE2
W (∗1)
5 VTA1
M+ 2
B (∗1)
L (∗1)
VNVC
+B
VNE2(–)
1
R (∗1)
W (∗1)
B (∗1)
1
8
VTA1
Combination Meter< 22–4>
VNVC(+)
O
M–
T10 Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Motor
T11 Turbocharger Variable Nozzle Sensor
B
16
15
14
(∗4) W–B
BR
(∗4)
EC
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
M
213
F
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
E n g in e Im m o b iliz e r S y s te m
1
5 AM2
IG2 6
B
L–Y
I6 Ignition SW
T20 Transponder Key Amplifier
B
ST2
Transponder Key Coil
6 2C
ANT1
ANT2
G–R
11 IF3
DLC3< 2–15>
7. 5A IGN
29 2R
Theft Warning ECU< 15–2>
W–R
4
3
2
12 2L W–R
6 2R
GND
TXCT
7
5
CODE
2 2C
VC5
4
1
L
3 2C
CODE
L
B
L–B
15
TXCT
L–Y
L–O
4
AGND
L–Y
B–O
G–R
1
4 2C
4 1B
2
2 30A AM2
2
1 +B
5
14
9
VC5
8 D
IND
T21 Transponder Key ECU KSW
CTY
3
7
EFII 12
EFIO 13
E0M 11
G–R
7. 5A ECU–B
1
IG
GND 16
W–B
Y–G
Y–B
R–B
BR
30A DCC
2 G
1
Engine ECU < 2–12>
S10 Security Indicator Lamp
1 L–Y
Integration Relay < 11–3>
W
Unlock Warning SW < 11–4>
1 1A
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
214
3 HILUX
B A
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector B B
W–B
Battery
ID
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/ 215
L
P o w e r S o u rc e
Neutral Start SW < 1–3>
Combination Meter < 22–3>
DLC3 < 2–15>
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector
Stop Lamp SW < 8–4> B–Y
L–Y
V–R
R–Y
W
G–W
B–Y
L–Y
B–Y
BR
L
P
A/T OIL TEMP
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
P
Y
B–O
R–L
B–O
G–W (4WD) W–B
BR
W–G (4WD)
B–O
8 ID2
Engine Control System < 2–11>
BR
W–B
Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position) < 5–3>
Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)< 5–4>
J10 Junction Connector
W–G (4WD)
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block EC Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center ID
20 A
B–O
W
Battery
A2 A/T Fluid Temp. Sensor
B–Y
7. 5A IGN
7. 5A MET
30A AM2
100A ALT
50A BATT P/I
A 1 1A
A B B
CAN– CAN+ L4
21 A 15 B 10 C 1 C
E01 E1 TFN IG2
16 B 6 A
SP1
W–R
B
B A
T17(A), T18(B), T19(C) Transmission Control ECU 18 22 21
25 A 23 B 24 B 14 A
SIL WFSE STP STA NSW E2
W–L
25 2S 22 2R 1 2D
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
W–R
40A AM1
2
11 C 12 C 23 C 24 C 5 A
THOC BATT OILW
7 ID2 6 2A 6 2C
8 A
D B
C8 Combination Meter 25A EFI
1
1 2G
11 IF3 1
4 1B 1 1F 3 1B
F A 1 1H
B
2
ST Fuse < 1–2>
B–R
L
2
B–Y
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
I6 2 2A
B A ST2
4 3 2 1
1 B B Ignition SW 1 1J
IG2 6 C A
5 AM2
B–Y IG1 1 4 AM1 B–R
ECT
ACC
A
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
216
A B
(Cont. next page) 4 HILUX
R–L
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
4 HILUX (Cont' d) ECT
5
7
6 R–L
8
R–L
N1
2
Neutral Start SW
2 ID1
RB A
R–L RL
DL
2L
LL
1
7
3
8
2
B A
C A
J11(A), J12(B) Junction Connector C B
C B
B B
A B
27 2Q
G–Y 27 2P G–R
L
G–Y
T7 Transmission Revolution Sensor (Output)
T6 Transmission Revolution Sensor (Input)
2
G–R
1
A A
R–Y
1
L
G–Y
Y
3 ID1
R–Y
G
R
P
V
9 2 C
NCO+
NCO–
30 C
9 B
29 C
SP2+
8 B
11 A
10 A
D
2
L
R
SP2–
NSSD Transmission Control SW
3 C
T17(A), T18(B), T19(C) Transmission Control ECU SLT+
SLT–
20 C
19 C
SL
S1
S2
3
16 C
18 C
17 C
12 A
S11 Shift Lock Control ECU
AT3 3
G–O
6
7
4
8
SLT–
S3
S1
S2
G–O
W–L
GR
G
L–B
G–Y
2 SLT+
18 2O B
W
Y
G
O
18 2N
E1 ECT Solenoid
M
217
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
B–Y
B–Y
DL1
DL2
GND
4WD 7
8
3
4
1
2
5
6
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
T4 Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)
G–W (A/T)
Skid Control ECU with Actuator< 13–3>
G–W (A/T, ∗1)
G–W (∗1)
4
W–B (A/T, ∗1)
W–B
W–B
J 7(A), J 8(B) Junction Connector
W–B (A/T, ∗1) W–B
Transmission Control ECU< 4–3> W–G (A/T)
Skid Control ECU with Actuator< 13–3>
W–G (A/T)
R–B
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block EC
W–B
W–B (A/T) T5 Transfer Indicator SW (Neutral Position)
J6 Junction Connector W–G (A/T) W–G (A/T)
R–B (∗1)
A A
1 GND 3
T3 Transfer Indicator SW (4WD Position)
R–B R–B
N1 Neutral Start SW
A A
B
5
DL2
A3 ADD Actuator
6
DL1
W–B
R–W
R–Y
Y
R
R–B
R–B
1
C W–R
1
2 1 R–L (A/T)
G–B (A/T)
A A
A/T P
A B 4WD
17 ID2
2
G–B (A/T)
A B
C8 Combination Meter
13 31
R–L (A/T)
B–O
A B W
Battery
12 21
A A D 6
A D D 1 1A
M W–R
2
DM1 W–R
B
5 ID2
1
DM1
2 ADD 12 ID2 2 ID1
W–G (A/T) 30A AM2 100A ALT
B–Y (A/T)
B–R
4 1B 1 1F
2
DM2 25 2S 1 2D
4WD Control ECU
10
C
11 IF3
F14 ST2
C
1 2G
DM2 10A GAUGE&ECU–IG
ADD 7. 5A MET
12 ID1
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
IND1 40A AM1
J6 I6 Ignition SW
Junction Connector
2
B–Y
IG 6 2A 6 2C 2 2A
B IG2 6 5 AM2
B B B A B–Y IG1 1 4 AM1
B A ACC
3 2 1
∗ 1 : w/ ABS
4W D P o w e r S o u rc e
4
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
218
5 HILUX
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
6 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
H e a d lig h t
1
H o rn
4
3
2
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System B–W
W–L
1
1
1
1 1H
20A H–LP LH
20A H–LP RH
2
1 10A HORN
2
R
1
1
2 R
B
R
25 2Q 3
3 1
8 2J
1
2
1 B–W
A A
40A MAIN
10
16 2O
Dimmer SW (H)
ED
(ED) HL
RF
HU ED
1
Low High
8
B
W
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector B
Horn SW
A A
7
S13 Spiral Cable
Tail
Theft Warning ECU < 15–3>
1 1A
Flash
Head
32 2O
W–R
T1
16 2N
W–R (∗1)
B1
H3 Horn (High)
9
Light Control SW
OFF
1
H4 Horn (Low)
W–R
30A DCC
50A BATT P/I
C10 Combination SW
1
R–Y
2
12 IF3
C B
R–Y
B–R
3 1C
1
C B
8 1I
B R–Y
B–W
7. 5A DOME
W–L
3 1B
Junction Connector B B
7 1I
27
J 4(A), J 5(B)
2
C8 Combination Meter
B
B A
HORN Relay
W–R
A A
2 R–Y
R
B–W
R–Y
B A
1
H2 Headlamp (RH)
High Beam
H1 Headlamp (LH)
A B W–B
Battery
IE
M
219
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
F ro n t F o g L ig h t
1
K e y R e m in d e r a n d L ig h t R e m in d e r
4
3
2
G W–L
G–W
1 1H
IG2 6
2 1I 12 2Q
5 2C
1
ST2
15A FOG
1 2D
8 2J 7 2S
2
B–O
30A AM2
50A BATT P/I
100A ALT
30A DCC
Light Control SW
B1
OFF Tail
W–B
On
C10 Combination SW
W–B
B A
OFF
B B
1
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
F3 Fog Lamp (Front RH)
W–B
W
A A
5
Head Front Fog Light SW
16
Interior Light System< 11–2>
R–W
F2 Fog Lamp (Front LH)
1
8
10
Y
2
BFG LFG T1
2
1
22
J 2(A), J 3(B)
2 1 1A
G–B
Junction Connector
R–W
1
G–W
G–B
E A
30 2Q
G
R–W
R–W
30 14 2Q
2
E B
8
C8 Combination Meter
Front Fog
W–R
W–L
B
7. 5A DOME
E A
C8 Combination Meter Buzzer
13 2J
4 1B
1
8
2
3 1B
21
G
3 1I G–B
R–W
7 2R
G
R
11 IF3
1
23 2S
R
FOG Relay
7. 5A MET
25 2Q
4 1I
1 1F
Taillight and Illumination System< 10–3>
6 2C
G
B–O
B
W–R
10A TAIL
I6 Ignition SW
1 2G
1
R
5 AM2
12 2J
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
220
7 HILUX
P
EA
A
Right Side of the Fender Apron
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
W–B
EB
J21 Junction Connector
W–B
W–B
Left Side of the Fender Apron
A
Junction Connector
W–B
J1
A Battery
ID
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
8 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
B a c k – U p L ig h t
1
S to p L ig h t
4
3
2
G–B
4 AM1
IG1 1 3 ID1 B–Y
G–W (∗3)
G–W
G–W
R–Y
21 2R
10 2I
5 2K
5 2S
5 2L
G–W
R–W
1 2 BD1
G–W (∗2)
G–W
Skid Control ECU with Actuator < 13–3>
6 BA1
G–W (∗1)
5 BA1
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
Shift Lock Control ECU < 19–4>
G–W
2 ID1
G–Y (∗3)
R–W
6 2A
40A AM1
21 2S
2 B (M/T)
2 10A STOP
5 2M
R–L
2 2A
27 2Q
2 A (A/T)
B–Y
B–R
G–B
2 2F
1 B (M/T)
B 1(B) Back–Up Lamp SW N 1(A) Neutral Start SW
B B
1 A (A/T)
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
B A
I6 Ignition SW
1
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
S14 Stop Lamp SW
B–R
Engine ECU < 2–10>
2
Y ACC
25 2S
1 2G
4
5
4
Stop
Back–Up W–B W–B
W–B
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
G–W
R–L
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
3
W–B
3 1 BD1
Stop
Back–Up
100A ALT W–B (∗2)
G–W
R–L
C13 Center Stop Lamp
B
2
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
1
1 1F
G–W
5
R–W
G–W
R–W
G–W (∗2)
R–L
W–B
W–B (∗2) W–B
1 1A
8 BA1 W
A
J15 Junction Connector
Battery
W–B
∗ 1 : w/ ABS ∗ 2 : w/ Center Stop Lamp ∗ 3 : A/T
A
IG
W–B
IF
Cowl Side Panel RH
M
221
Cowl Side Panel LH
J28 Junction Connector
A
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
T u rn S ig n a l a n d H a z a rd W a rn in g L ig h t
1
4
3
2 B–Y
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
ACC B–R
4 AM1
IG1 1
6 2A
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B B 2
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
2 2A
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
B A
I6 Ignition SW
2 IF3
2
+B
LR
G–Y
4
IG
G–B
1
G–B
T22 Turn Signal Flasher
1
G–Y
B–Y
R–L
40A AM1
20 2S
3 LL
19 2S
18 2S
3 2S
2 2S
1 2G EHW
GND
8
7
G–Y
G–B
LG
G–O
2 2L
3 2K G–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
7 BA1 G–Y
G–B Turn
W–B
8 BA1 B A
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
A W–B
A
A A
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
J1 Junction Connector
W–B
B B
A B W–B
LG
W–B
A
W–B
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
W–B
Y
W
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
A B
W–B
W–B
3
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
G–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
3
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
1
1
Turn
1
2
G–Y
2
T13 Turn Signal Lamp (Front RH)
1
W–B
11
2
T15 Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side RH)
1
C8 Combination Meter
22
T14 Turn Signal Lamp (Front Side LH)
2
N
C10 Combination SW
1
T12 Turn Signal Lamp (Front LH)
LH
A A
A B
2 2K
12 BA1
25
TR
RH
R
W
A A
E
RH
H5 Hazard Warning Signal SW
Theft Warning ECU < 15–3>
2
24
13
TL
LH
Turn Signal SW
G–O
G–O (∗1)
100A ALT
15A TURN–HAZ
4
1
Battery
2 2M
25 2N 12
1 1A
G–B
9 2N
3 2M
3 2L
G–Y
G–B
B
B–Y
2
ER 6
25 2O
1 1F
1
EL 5
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
222
9 HILUX
ID
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EB
Right Side of the Fender Apron
EA
J15 Junction Connector Cowl Side Panel LH
IG
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/ 223
P o w e r S o u rc e
T a illig h t a n d Illu m in a tio n
1
5 AM2
4
3
2
IG2 6 B
ST2
G
W–R
A
G
G–W
I6 Ignition SW 6 2C
5 2C
7 2S 7. 5A MET
10A TAIL
7 2R
7 2K
23 2S
B–O
G
G
G
1 2D
7 2M
G
1 2G
7 2L
21
8 G
11 BA1
5
G
T1 G G W–B
22
W–B
W–B
3
R5 Rear Combination Lamp (RH)
Tail
W–B
W–B
W–B
3
R4 Rear Combination Lamp (LH)
2
2
Tail
2
1
G
1
1
L2 License Plate Lamp RH W–B
1
30A AM2
2
L1 License Plate Lamp LH W–B
Head
C3 Clearance Lamp (Front RH)
2
Illumination
2
Tail
C10 Combination SW 100A ALT
G
G
OFF
C2 Clearance Lamp (Front LH)
Light Control SW
4 1B
1 1F
8
G
W–R
B
B1
LCD Illumination
G
C8 Combination Meter
G–W
B–O
11 IF3
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
224
(Cont. next page)
10 HILUX
Y
Y W–B
W–B
B
W–B
1 1A A
J1 Junction Connector
W
A
8 BA1
W–B
A W–B
W–B
W–B
Battery
A
J15 Junction Connector Left Side of the Fender Apron
EB
EA
Right Side of the Fender Apron
Cowl Side Panel LH
IG
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
10 HILUX (Cont' d) T a illig h t a n d Illu m in a tio n
5
8
7
6
∗ 1 : w/ Ashtray Illumination ∗ 2 : w/ Rear Window Defogger ∗ 3 : w/ Cigarette Lighter Illumination A
G
12 2Q
24 2P
3 2Q
28 2Q
29 2Q
29 2P
19 2P
19 2Q
G (A/T)
G (∗3)
G (∗1)
G (∗2)
G
G
G
8 10
1
3
A12 A/T Shift Lever Illumination
2
2
C6 Cigarette Lighter Illumination
2
1
A16 Ashtray Illumination
1
R3 Rear Window Defogger SW
8
B6 Blower SW
H5 Hazard Warning Signal SW
R1 Radio Receiver Assembly
7
9
4
8
L W–B (A/T)
R (∗3)
W (∗1)
J21 Junction Connector
B
B
L (∗2)
L
BR
B
Y
Y B A
B B
B B
B B
B B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B A
W (∗1)
R (∗3)
W–B
W–B
17 2D
BR
18 2D
ID
9 2D
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
M
225
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
W–B
W–B
W–B
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
In te rio r L ig h t
1
4
3
2 Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp 6
A B
P (∗5)
L
(∗7)
(∗7)
25 2Q
6
(∗6)
(∗6)
4 2E
(∗6)
(∗7)
8 2R
2
A B (∗6)
8 2J
2
(∗7)
R
R (∗5)
12 2N
15
R
R
I 5(B) Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp T20(A) Transponder Key Amplifier
12 2L
4
ILE
DCTY
GND
16
1
R
R (∗4)
31 2O 2
1
27 2O
26 2O
10 2O
3 2E
15 2O
14 2N
10 2N
26 2N
1 2E
18 2D
9 2D
W–B
W–B
(∗4)
W–B
BR (∗6)
G–Y (∗1)
R–L (∗1)
R–L
P
G–Y
G–Y
R–B (∗6)
Door
15
17
13 IA1
R–L (∗2)
R–L
R–B
G–Y
R–B
Y
R–L (∗3)
G–Y
3 IA1
1 2
B
J29 Junction Connector
B
B
R–L (∗2)
1
D5 Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH)
1
D4 Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH)
2
1
B
R–L (∗2)
1
W
W–B
GR
GR
W–B
D3 Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
: w/ Theft Deterrent System : Double Cab : Except ∗2 : w/ Map Lamp : w/ Ignition Key Cylinder Lamp : w/ Engine Immobilizer System : w/o Engine Immobilizer System
U1 Unlock Warning SW
B B
D2 Door Courtesy SW (Driver' s Side)
B B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
1 1A
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
R–L (∗2)
R–B
Y
30A DCC
B A
1
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
Transponder Key ECU< 3–2>
P
10
Theft Warning ECU< 15–3>
Transponder Key ECU< 3–2>
16
22
W–B (∗4)
7. 5A DOME
7. 5A ECU–B
1
R–B
R–L
R8 Room Lamp
ON OFF
DOOR
M1 Map Lamp
R
L
2 2
2
27 2N
C8 Combination Meter
1
1
1
1
Integration Relay
BECU
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
226
11 HILUX
Battery W–B
ID
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IE
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
12 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
S e a t B e lt W a rn in g
SRS
1
5 AM2
4
3
2
∗ 1 : w/ Door Lock Control ∗ 2 : w/o Door Lock Control
IG2 6 ST2 B–O
6 2C
B–O
B
W–R
I6 Ignition SW
8 2B
1 2D
A5
A6
Airbag Sensor (Front LH)
Airbag Sensor (Front RH)
7. 5A MET
7. 5A IGN
–SL
+SL
1
+SL
27
B–W
30
–SL
1 IF1
BR–W
28
IG2
2
2 IF1
W–R
21
TC
BR
B–O
P–B
W
B–Y
SRS
Driver' s Seat Belt
W–R
15
3 IF1
+SR
B–W
4 IF1
SIL
1 BR–W
DLC3 < 2–16>
16
11 IF3
–SR
W–R
21
BR
DLC3< 2–16>
B–O
C8 Combination Meter
2
29
–SR
+SR
W–R
A14 11
22
Airbag Sensor Assembly Center
20
R–Y
4 1B
LA 14
19 IA1
D– 6
E2 26
W–B
W–B
R–Y (∗1)
R–Y(∗1) 1 1
2
B B
21 2O
5 2O
2 1 2B
2 2B
18 2D
9 2D
3 2B Spiral Cable
Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)
W–B
A15
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–Y (∗1)
Battery
B A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
W
B B
F12 Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side)
B A
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
B A
1 1A
E1 25
Y
Y–B
B–Y
B–Y
Y
B–Y
30A AM2
R–Y(∗2)
D+ 5
A
Door Lock Assembly (Driver' s Side) < 14–3>
J28 Junction Connector IF
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
ID
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
M
227
Cowl Side Panel RH
W–B
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
ABS
1
4
ACC IG1 1
S4
B B
B–Y
6 2C
FR+
FR–
1
2
W
G–W (∗2)
7 IF2 O
L–W
G
R
P–L
L–Y
W
1 2D 23
25 IG1 2 1C
6 EA1
FL– 2
W–R
R
B
R–L (∗2)
R
W–R
1 2G
5 EA1
FL+ 1
8 2L G–W
7. 5A MET
W–R
40A AM1
1
4 2K
G–W (∗2)
2
R–B (∗2)
I6 Ignition SW
DLC3< 2–15>
B
2 2A
R–B (∗2)
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
ST2
W
6 2A
B
Speed Sensor (Front RH)
B
IG2 6
S5
Speed Sensor (Front LH)
W
5 AM2
Stop Lamp SW < 8–4>
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
4WD Control ECU < 5–2> ADD Actuator < 5–2>
B A
B–Y
Transfer Indicator SW (L4 Position)< 5–4>
4 AM1
: Shielded : 4WD : Extra Cab, Single Cab : Double Cab
3
2
B–R
1 2 3 4
2 1B
10
1 +BM
+BS
17
STP
3
EXI
15
EXI4
14
TS
16
D/G
B–O
11 IF3
TC
9
8
FL+
FL–
31
30
FR+
FR–
S2 Skid Control ECU with Actuator
W–R
B
21 1 1F
4 1B
+BS EXI2
ABS
Brake
C8 Combination Meter
40A ABS NO. 1
30A ABS NO. 2
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
228
13 HILUX
22
GND1
WA 2
13
GND2 PKB 24
RL+
18
11
VGS 28
M+
M–
GL1 4
R
G
(∗1)
R (∗2)
W (∗2)
B (∗2)
1 IG1
M
2 IG1
L
G
R
2 BA2
1 BA2
SFRR 6 IG1
8 IG1
7 IG1
SFRH
5 IG1
SFLR SFLH SRRR
3 BE1
B (∗2)
2 GGND
1
3
1
VGS
GL1
A
J28 Junction Connector IF
A17 ABS Deceleration Sensor
SRRH
BR(∗3)
(∗1)
(∗4)
L
2
S22 Speed Sensor (Rear RH)
1
W
L
W
2
(∗1)
R
4 BE1
(∗3)
G
1 BE1
R (∗2)
L
2 BE1
W (∗2)
Y
EA
4 IG1
6 BA2
S21 Speed Sensor (Rear LH) Brake Fluid Level Warning SW< 22–10> Parking Brake SW < 22–10> Brake Vacuum Warning SW< 22–10>
Right Side of the Fender Apron
GGND 7
34
7 BA2
L–O
Combination Meter System< 22–9>
W
Battery
RR–
P
R–G
R–L (∗2)
D B
3 IG1
J 4(A), J 5(B) Junction Connector
3 IF2
33 L
L–O
W–B
W–B
10 IG1 R–G
1 1A
R–G
V (∗2)
38
RR+
12 P
30A AM2
100A ALT
36
I A
RL–
Cowl Side Panel RH
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
14 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System ∗ 2 : Double Cab ∗ 3 : Extra Cab
D o o r L o c k C o n tro l
1
4
3
2 L
LG
LG
12 2L
4 2H 3 2 25A DOOR
5
4
ALTB
1
Integration Relay
BECU
3 ACT–
GND
11
3
2
1
4 2A
4 2D
28 2R
27 2R
L1
Theft Warning ECU< 15–4>
W–R
ACT+
14
2 2H
UL1
W–B
W–B
Motor
1
W–B
4
W–B
Key Unlock
Motor
W–B
Key Lock
D7
A
J28 Junction Connector IF
1 Motor
II1
Battery
1
D8 Door Lock Assembly (Rear LH)
8
L (∗2)
1
R–Y
4
4
Motor
5
4 BB1
D9 Door Lock Assembly (Rear RH)
R–Y
W–B
W
4
6
R
L (∗2)
L–Y (∗2)
L–Y
L
L–W
L
P4 Power Window Master SW Unlock 10 B (∗3)
5 BB1
4
3 A (∗2) 1 1A
D B
R (∗2)
4 BC1 E B
Front Seat Inner Belt (Driver' s Side) < 12–1>
E A
L–Y (∗2)
4 B (∗3)
5 BC1
E A
R–Y (∗2)
8 A (∗2)
3 B
lock
Door Lock Control SW
100A ALT
30A DCC
1
5 A
D B
D A
J13(A), J14(B) Junction Connector
F B
R–Y (∗2)
L–W
D A
L–Y
F A
L
F A
R (∗2)
D A
L (∗2)
B
7. 5A ECU–B
D A
L–Y (∗2)
H B
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
H B
L–Y (∗2)
G B
L–Y
G B
L
F A
L
2
9 2D
L–Y
8 IH1
L (∗2)
F A
J24(A), J25(B) Junction Connector
G A
2
1 1F
18 2D
L–W
L
L–W (∗1)
L (∗1)
G A 1 2G
1
10 2K
L
L
40A IG1
L
3 IH1
1 1
11 2K
L–Y
2
D6 Door Lock Assembly (Driver' s Side)
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
ID
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
IE
M
229
Cowl Side Panel RH
Door Lock Assembly (Front Passenger' s Side)
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
T h e ft D e te rre n t a n d W ire le s s D o o r L o c k C o n tro l
1
4
3
2
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System ∗ 2 : w/o Theft Deterrent System LG
ACC 3
4 AM1
IG1 1
B A
B–Y
B B
B–Y
6 2A
DSWH
27 A
SH–
9 A
13 A
B
G–R
T16(A) Theft Warning ECU S12(B) Short Pin (Theft Warning ECU)
G–R
B–W
B
7. 5A ECU–B
15 IF3
13 IF3
28 A
25 A
HAZD
L2
26 A UL3
S1 Security Horn
E3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW 2 W–B
B A
SPD
1
1
1
1 1A
17 A
B
G–R
Security Indicator Light< 3–3>
100A ALT
30A DCC
Starting System < 1–2>
2
HORN
L–W
IND
1 A
1 1F
1
11 A
KSW
CTY
L
E(∗1)
12 A
1 2G
5 A
7 A
+B1
G–O
2
Turn Signal Flasher < 9–1>
SRLY (∗1)
1
4 A
+B2
V–R
1
14 A
(∗2)
(∗2)
1
Combination Meter < 22–3>
IG
W–R
18 A
G–Y
1 B
13 2S
R–L
40A AM1
40A IG1
L
12 B
7 IH1
L–Y
2
16 2S
LG
2
W–B (∗2)
R–L
2 2A
12 2L
HORN Relay < 6–4>
B–R
W–R
2 2H
L
3
LG
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
1
Unlock Warning SW < 11–4>
I6 Ignition SW
Door Courtesy SW (Front Passenger' s Side)< 11–4> Door Courtesy SW (Rear LH) < 11–4> Door Courtesy SW (Rear RH) < 11–4>
25A DOOR
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
Power Window Master SW < 14–1>
2
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
230
15 HILUX
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector A
W
B B
J1 Junction Connector A W–B
W–B
Battery Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
ID
Left Side of the Fender Apron
EB
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
16 HILUX ∗ 1 : Double Cab ∗ 2 : Extra Cab
P o w e r W in d o w
P o w e r S o u rc e
1
4
3
2 P 4(A), (B) Power Window Master SW ACC W–R
R–L 4 AM1
IG1 1 B–Y
3
9 B
2 B
5 B
8 B
G–B (∗1)
R–B (∗1)
II1
6
II1
5
II1
G–B (∗1)
R–B (∗1)
G–Y (∗1)
P6
L (∗1) G–B (∗1)
6 BC1
7 BC1
G–B (∗1)
L (∗1)
8 BC1
R–B (∗1)
G–B (∗1)
R–B (∗1)
7 BB1
L (∗1)
G–Y (∗1)
6 BB1
L (∗1)
G–W
R–L
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector
8 BB1
R–B (∗1)
4 IC1
R–Y (∗1)
3 IC1
L (∗1)
G–W
R–L
R–L
C B
A A
J13(A), J14(B) Junction Connector
A A
L
B
L 3
Down
2
5 L–R (∗1)
1
4
R (∗1)
2
1
Up
5
P11 Power Window SW (Rear RH)
2 R (∗1)
1
3
L–R (∗1)
R
W
2
4
Down
5
1
Up
2
P10 Power Window SW (Rear LH)
II1
3
L–R
4
4
Down
W–B
1 1A
1
Up
P9 Power Window SW (Front Passenger' s Side)
R–L
100A ALT
E B
1
2
8 2K
D A
II1
Power Window Regulator Motor (Front RH)
L
1 1F
2
R–Y (∗1)
M
3 1 2G
II1
G–W
A A
3
R–L
A A
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector
C B
II1
A A L (∗1)
1
RRD 15 A (∗1)
1 B (∗2) G–Y (∗1)
10
A A
RRU 16 A
1
3
3
RLD 12 A
R–Y (∗1)
2
RLU 18 A
G–W
J26(A), J27(B) Junction Connector
PD 13 A
R–L
3
C B
PU
L–R
5
DD
B
2
L
1
10 B
30A PWR
40A AM1
40A IG1
1
10 A
DU
L
2
9 A
W–G
2
3
6 2A 10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
2 2A
1
W–B
B–Y
2 2H
4 A
W–B
B B
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
B–R
W–R
B A
B 6 A
IG1 Relay
I6 Ignition SW
E 3 A
3
2
1
W–B
Battery A W–B
J28 Junction Connector
A
IF
M
M
M
P5
P7
P8
Power Window Regulator Motor (Front LH)
Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear LH)
Power Window Regulator Motor (Rear RH)
M
231
Cowl Side Panel RH
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
F ro n t W ip e r a n d W a s h e r
1
∗ 1 : w/ INT Time SW
4
3
2
ACC B–R
4 AM1
IG1 1
C11(A), C12(B) Combination SW
B–Y
Front Wiper SW +B B A
B B
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
I6 Ignition SW
+1
Front Washer SW
+S INT1 INT2 B1
W
MIST
Off
OFF
On
L–W
B–Y
LO HI L–W
(∗1)
(∗1)
B–R
M
Wiper Relay 2
2 +B 40A AM1
3 B
+1
+S
2 B
EW
4 B
2 A
W 1 A B–R
W–B
W–G
L–B
L–Y
26 2S
L–W
9 2M
L–W
L–W
1
+2 1 B
W2 Windshield Washer Motor B–R
1
20A WIP
2 2A
EW
INT
9 2L
6 2A
+2
1 2G B
1 1F
13 IF2
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
232
17 HILUX
100A ALT 6 IF2
5 IF2
5
1
L–W
W–G
3
L–B
L–Y
1 1A
4 IF2
2
W
M
Battery
W3 Windshield Wiper Motor
4
EA
W–B
W–B
Right Side of the Fender Apron
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
18 HILUX Pow er O u tle t
P o w e r S o u rc e
C ig a re tte L ig h te r
1
4 AM1
L–R
IG1
V
O1 Outer Mirror SW
I6 Ignition SW
8 B
Operation SW
2 2A
23 2O
12 2C
15A CIG
Left
Right
Right
VR
4
E 7
B
BR–R
R–G
1
1 2C B A
A A
H A
H A
BR–R
LG
L
B
J24(A), J25(B) Junction Connector
B
P
1 1F
4 IB1
3 IB1
1 IB1
BR–R
23 2P
9 2D
BR–R
R–G
R
18 2D
6
PWR OUT Relay 3
1 2G
M+
3 LG
R
L
2
Right/ Down
Right
VL
2
2
1
Left HR
5
5
Left/ Up
Down
MV
Left HL
15A PWR OUT
Up
MH
Select SW
7. 5A ACC
40A AM1
4
3
2 ACC 2
B–R
R e m o te C o n tro l M irro r
D B
E B
F B
1 2
P3
5
3
MH
A B
A B
M
W–B
W–B
W
A A
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
A B
MV M
1
5
M+
3
MH M
BR–R
BR
W–B
1 1A
1
R–G
2
R
L
1
BR–R
100A ALT
LG
C5 Cigarette Lighter
Power Point Socket
MV
M+
M
O2
O3
Outer Rear View Mirror (LH)
Outer Rear View Mirror (RH)
BR
Battery W–B
ID
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
M
233
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
B
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
S h ift L o c k
R e a r W in d o w D e fo g g e r
1
4
3
2 W–R
4 2S
8 2N GR
B
1
Stop Light SW < 8–4>
4 2R R–L
R–L
3
ECT System < 4–6>
8 2K
R–L
3 5
40A AM1
40A IG1
DEF Relay 3
2 3
G–Y
3
1
1
E B
7. 5A ACC
3
12 2C 10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
B B
D A
2
J16(A), J17(B) Junction Connector
2
R–L
2
B A
B–Y
2 2A
B–Y
B–Y
B–R
W–R
2 2H
IG1 1
6 2A
1
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
I6 Ignition SW
L–R
20A DEF
4 AM1
ACC 2
L–R
B–Y
3
R–L B
1 12 IH1
1 2G
J16 Junction Connector
1 1F
3 AT4
ACC
9 NSSD
7 STP
R–L
R–L
B
E
S11 Shift Lock Control ECU
6
IG
4
5
D
IG
KLS+
E
12
SLS–
SLS+
8
E
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
234
19 HILUX
Shift Lock Solenoid Y
J21 Junction Connector
1
K1
A A
B
A B
A
Key Interlock Solenoid W–B
W
A B
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
1 B
A
BR
1 1A
R 6(A), R 7(B) Rear Window Defogger
1 A
R3 Rear Window Defogger SW
3
B
100A ALT
L–W
E
2
Y
Y
W–B
Battery A
J15 Junction Connector Cowl Side Panel LH
IG
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
ID
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
20 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
C lo c k
1
4
3
2
G–W 5 ACC 2
B1
IG1 L–R
Light Control SW
4 AM1
L–R
C10 Combination SW
Tail Head
12 2C
8
R
B–R
G–W
R
I6 Ignition SW
T1
OFF
G
7. 5A ACC
2 2A
5 2C
7 2R
8 2J
7 2S
25 2P
2 10A TAIL
40A AM1
23 2N
G
1 1
12 2Q 1 2G
2 R
V
8 2P
B
7. 5A DOME
G
1 1F
1
4 2
ACC(+) 30A DCC
3
1
ILL(+)
B(+)
100A ALT EARTH(–)
1
C7 Clock
2
W–B
1 1A
W
A A
A B
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
Battery W–B
ID
M
235
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
P o w e r S o u rc e
A u d io S y s te m
1
ACC 2 4 AM1
4
3
2
B–R
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
236
21 HILUX
∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗
L–R
IG1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
: 6 Speaker : 4 Speaker : 2 Speaker : Double Cab : Extra Cab : 6 Speaker, 4 Speaker : w/ CD Player : w/o CD Player
12 2C L–Y
I6 Ignition SW
2 IF2
2 24 2N
L–Y
40A AM1
L–Y
GR
1 1
Taillight and Illumination System< 10–5>
7. 5A ACC
2 2A
1 2G 3 A
2
GND 1 1F
1
10 A
Radio Receiver Assembly
+B(∗7) BU+B(∗8)
ILL+B
B
15A RAD
R 1(A), R 2(B)
4 A
ACC(∗7) ACC+B(∗8)
FL+
7 A
6 A
W (∗6)
R (∗6)
6 IH1
5 IH1
Y (∗4 ∗6)
R (∗4 ∗6)
W (∗4 ∗6)
T24 Tweeter (RH)
1 BB1
2 BB1
1 BC1
2 BC1
2
1 1 A B
2 2 A B
(∗4) (∗5) 1 1 A B
S17(A) Speaker (Rear Door LH) S19(B) Speaker (Rear LH)
W (∗5 ∗6)
S16 Speaker (Front Door RH)
W (∗4 ∗6)
S15 Speaker (Front Door LH)
R (∗4 ∗6)
L (∗1)
2
R (∗5 ∗6)
(∗4) (∗5)
1
1
Y (∗5 ∗6)
W (∗4 ∗6)
R (∗4 ∗6)
B (∗5 ∗6) L (∗2, ∗3)
3 LG (∗1)
V (∗1)
P (∗1)
2
II1
L (∗1)
1
1 ID
7
LG (∗2, ∗3)
V (∗2, ∗3)
3
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
4
2
P (∗2, ∗3)
Battery
II1
LG (∗1)
W
4
T23 Tweeter (LH)
1 IH1
B (∗4 ∗6)
V (∗1)
P (∗1)
8
BR
1 1A
3 B
L
LG
1
2 IH1
RR–
1 B
Y (∗6)
4 IH1
RR+
6 B
B (∗6)
9 IH1
5 IB1
RL–
2 B
L
6 IB1
RL+
5 A
LG
100A ALT
30A DCC
FR–
1 A
V
P
2
FR+
FL–
2 A
2 2 A B
S18(A)
Speaker (Rear Door RH)
S20(B)
Speaker (Rear RH)
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
Memo
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/ 237
P o w e r S o u rc e
C o m b in a tio n M e te r
1
∗ 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent System
4
3
2
ACC B–R
5 AM2
IG2 6
B
B–R
R
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector B–Y
C 8(A), C 9(B)
1 A
B A
ST2
B–O
B–Y R
IG1 1
B–Y
4 AM1
21 A
Combination Meter
B B
T–BELT
Fuel
17 A
Temp.
27 A
Fuel
R
1 2G
ODO/TRIP
Buzzer
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
7. 5A MET
W–R
1
6 2A
1 2D
Tachometer
6 2C
40A AM1
8 2J
Door
2
High Beam
B–O
B
I6 Ignition SW
2 2A
Speedometer
25 2Q
1 11 IF3 2
30 2S W–R
B
15 A
6 A
10 A
5 A
2
F13 Fuel Sender Gage
BR R–B
V–R (∗1)
V–R (A/T)
V–R
W
15 ID2 3 BR
R–B
Theft Warning ECU< 15–3>
Transmission Control ECU < 4–4>
Engine ECU < 2–11>
Battery
2
Engine ECU < 2–10>
1
BR–Y
4 2P
P
4 BA1
BR
10 2Q
BR
26 2P
B–W
BR–Y
3 BA1
4 A
Engine ECU < 2–14>
8 IA1
1 EA1
1 1A
7 A
BR–Y
26 2Q
2
S3 Speed Sensor
3
9 IA1
BR
Interior Light System< 11–2>
3 A
BR
P–L
Headlight System < 6–3>
30A AM2
100A ALT
30A DCC
1
10 IF2
F10 Fuel Sedimenter Level Warning SW BR
16 ID2
1 L–R
2
2 A
L–R
4 1B
23 A
P–L
V–R
R–B
7. 5A DOME
1 1F
1
16 A
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
238
(Cont. next page)
22 HILUX
EC
Rear Side of the Cylinder Block
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
(Cont. next page) 22 HILUX (Cont' d)
C o m b in a tio n M e te r
4WD System < 5–2>
Charge
Glow
Check Engine
Turn RH
A/T OIL TEMP
Turn LH
A/T P
Illumination
4WD
Front Fog
W–B (w/o SRS) (w/ SRS)
Engine Control System < 2–6>
Engine Control System < 2–7>
Charging System < 1–4>
ECT System < 4–3>
4WD System < 5–2>
4WD System < 5–1>
Y
W–B (w/o SRS)
Front Fog Light System < 7–3>
SRS System < 12–2>
F4 Fuel Filter Warning SW
Seat Belt Warning System< 12–1>
W–G
B B W–B
W–B
A
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System< 9–3> Taillight and Illumination System< 10–3>
LCD Illumination
SRS
Driver' s Seat Belt
W–G
W–B
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center ID
M
239
Left Side of the Fender Apron EB
A W–B (w/o SRS)
J1 Junction Connector A
Junction Connector 2
J22(A), J23(B) B A
39 A
Fuel Filter/ Fuel Sedimenter
1
40 A 14 A
1 IF2
37 A 18 A 22 A 11 A
20 A
19 A
30 A
13 A
25 A
31 A
24 A 12 A 8 A
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter
8 7 6 5
8 IF2
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
C o m b in a tio n M e te r
9
11
10
C 8(A), C 9(B) Combination Meter
Brake
Oil Pressure
ABS
38 A
36 A
35 A
1 2S
LG–B
LG
(w/ ABS)
R–G (w/o ABS)
Skid Control ECU with Actuator < 13–3>
L–O (w/ ABS)
12
M OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
240
22 HILUX (Cont' d)
17 2S
ABS System < 13–2>
10 ID2 1 2L
1 2M
1 2K
3 IF2 LG–B
LG
1
E4 Engine Oil Pressure Sensor
P2 Parking Brake SW
B3 Brake Vacuum Warning SW
B2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW W–B
A
W–B
1
1
2 W–B (w/o SRS)
LG
LG
R–G (w/o ABS)
1
EA
Right Side of the Fender Apron
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
23 HILUX P o w e r S o u rc e
A ir C o n d itio n e r
1
4
3
2
ACC 4 AM1
IG1 1
B–Y
B A
∗ 1 : w/ Front Cooler
B B
L–O (∗1)
J18(A), J19(B)
B–W 17 IF3
2 2A 30 2R
A A
18 2P
4
2 B–W
2
B
L–B
16 IF3 18 2D
9 2D
16 2D
5 2A
2
1 1F
1 1C
TEMP
6
MGC
SG–1
TEfin
1
8
7
A B
1
A1 A/C Compressor
W–B (∗1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
W–B
2
1
A10 A/C Thermistor
L–W
1 ID1
L–W (∗1)
1 1A
G (∗1)
A A
5
J20(A), J21(B) Junction Connector
6
B/V
P (∗1)
HI
B6 Blower SW
5
L–W (∗1)
A B
M2
GND 18 L (∗1)
100A ALT
M1
J22(A), J23(B) Junction Connector
B–W
A A
2 ACT
A9 A/C Amplifier
OFF LO
AC1
R (∗1)
14
IG+
E
LO
2
V (∗1)
M1
10
R–L (∗1)
M2
PSW
Y (∗1)
2
W
HI
1
R–L (∗1)
Y–B (∗1)
3 4
E2
1
1 R
1
B4 Blower Motor
M
R–B
L–W
B
W–B
W–B
40A FR HTR
2
3
VRT
A11 A/C Volume SW
3
OFF Engine ECU < 2–11>
HTR Relay
Y–B (∗1)
1 2G
A B
1 10A A/C
10A ECU–IG&GAUGE
40A AM1
5 4
B5 Blower Resistor
J18(A), J19(B) Junction Connector
2
1
1
A A
P1 Pressure SW
1 2F
6 2A
L–O (∗1)
L–O (∗1)
L–B
B–Y
R–L (∗1)
I6 Ignition SW
B–W
B–R
Junction Connector
W–B
Battery
IG
IE
Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
M
241
Instrument Panel Reinforcement Center
https://www.automotive-manuals.net/
